K2V 1.5 Upright

Konami Gaming, Inc.
Operators Manual
585 Trade Center Drive

Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720
Phone: (866) KGI-SLOT
Fax: (702) 361-9020 PN 810028 (B)
1-1
Module 1
Introduction
Radio Interference ................................................................ 1-1 Setting the Hopper Level Probe ............................................ 2-12
Overview ............................................................................. 1-1 Coin Acceptor Sample Coin .................................................. 2-12
Features .............................................................................. 1-2 Option the Bill Acceptor (Factory Preset) ............................... 2-12
K2V 1.5 Series Upright Video ............................................... 1-2 Startup ................................................................................. 2-13
Hardware Features ...................................................... 1-2 Inspection of the cabinet ........................................................ 2-13
Hardware Options ........................................................ 1-2 Inspection of the use environment ......................................... 2-13
Terminology ......................................................................... 1-2 Inspection after connecting the AC plug to the receptacle ........ 2-13
Notices ................................................................................. 1-2 Turning On the Power Switch ............................................... 2-13
Customer Support ................................................................ 1-3 Clearing the Backup Memory ............................................... 2-13
Warranty and RMA Process.......................................... 1-3 EL Key (I-Button) ................................................................. 2-13
Warranty Policy ............................................................ 1-3 EL Key Levels ...................................................................... 2-13
RMA Process ............................................................... 1-3 Setting Undefined Options ..................................................... 2-13
Shipping Charges ......................................................... 1-3 Procedure for All Reset ......................................................... 2-13
Serial Number Plate ............................................................. 1-3 Setting Options ...................................................................... 2-14
Location of Serial Number Plate ............................................ 1-3 Restart the Machine by Changing the EL Key ...................... 2-14
Returning from the KMS ........................................................ 2-14
Module 2 Recovering from Error ......................................................... 2-14
Set-Up & Operation Starting up (normally) ........................................................... 2-14
Overview ............................................................................. 2-5 Operation ............................................................................. 2-14
Cabinet Specifications ........................................................... 2-5 Game Screen ....................................................................... 2-14
Unpack and Inspect .............................................................. 2-5 (A) SUB-GAME AREA .................................................. 2-14
Installing the Candle ............................................................. 2-6 (B) GAME AREA .......................................................... 2-14
Stand Drill Guide .................................................................. 2-6 (C) DASHBOARD ........................................................ 2-14
Candle Pin Assignment ......................................................... 2-6 Help and Pay Table ............................................................. 2-15
Drop box Switch ................................................................... 2-6 Help and Paytable (cont.) ............................................. 2-15
Check .................................................................................. 2-6 Collecting Coins .................................................................... 2-16
Drop Box Switch Pin Assignment .......................................... 2-7 Player/Operator Interface ..................................................... 2-16
Slot Accounting System ......................................................... 2-7 Change Button ............................................................. 2-16
Overview ..................................................................... 2-7 Cashout Button ............................................................. 2-16
Connections ................................................................. 2-7 Select Line Buttons ........................................................ 2-16
Fiber Optic .................................................................... 2-7 Bet X Per Line Buttons .................................................. 2-16
SAS Bracket ................................................................. 2-7 Spin Button ................................................................... 2-16
Turning Off the Power Switch ................................................ 2-8 Bill Validator (Bill Entry) ................................................. 2-16
Installation ............................................................................ 2-8 Coin Head .................................................................... 2-16
Initialization ........................................................................... 2-8 Ticket Printer ................................................................ 2-16
Serial Number and Lot Number ............................................ 2-8 LCD Touchscreen ........................................................ 2-16
Referring To The Stamped Serial Number .................... 2-9 Refilling Hopper .................................................................... 2-17
Opening and Closing the Doors ............................................ 2-9 Collecting Bills ....................................................................... 2-17
Main Door .................................................................... 2-9 Collecting Coins .................................................................... 2-17
Sub-Door (Belly Door) ................................................. 2-9 Audit Mode ........................................................................... 2-17
Bill Validator Door (Sub Door Open) ............................. 2-9 How to Enter and Exit Audit Mode ......................................... 2-17
Bill Validator Door (Main Door Open) ............................ 2-9 KONAMI Maintenance System (K.M.S) Main Menu .............. 2-17
Top Box (B-Top) .......................................................... 2-10 Common Operation switches ................................................. 2-18
Logic Door ................................................................... 2-10 Software Meters ........................................................... 2-18
Changing Locks ................................................................... 2-10 Software Meters-Audit Meters- General - Page 1/20 ..... 2-18
Lock Dimensions ......................................................... 2-10 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 2/20 ............ 2-19
Lock Hardware ........................................................... 2-10 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 3/20 ............ 2-19
Lock Cams .................................................................. 2-10 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 4/20 ............ 2-20
Main Door Lock ............................................................ 2-11 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 5/20 ............ 2-20
Logic Door Lock ........................................................... 2-11 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 6/20 ............ 2-21
Sub-Door Lock ............................................................. 2-11
Bill Validator Door Lock ................................................. 2-12
Top Box Door .............................................................. 2-12
585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3270 toc-1 © 2004

Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 7/20 ............ 2-21 Setting Asset Number ............................................ 2-42
Software Meters-Bill Meters-Page 8/20 ......................... 2-22 System Options-Auto Cashout ............................... 2-42
Software Meters-Voucher Log-Page 9/20 ..................... 2-22 Setting Auto Cashout ............................................. 2-42
Software Meters-Cashout Log-Page 10/20 ................... 2-23 System Options-Credit Intervention ........................ 2-43
Software Meters-Cash Ticket Log-Page 11/20 .............. 2-23 Setting Credit Intervention ..................................... 2-43
Software Meters-Jackpot Receipt Log-Page 12/20 ........ 2-23 System Options-Allow Partial Pay .......................... 2-43
Software Meters-EFT Log-Page 13/20 ......................... 2-24 Setting Allow Partial Pay ........................................ 2-43
Software Meters-System Bonus Log-Page 14/20 .......... 2-24 System Options-Credit Limit ................................... 2-44
Software Meters-Progressive Jackpot Log-Page15/20 .. 2-24 Setting Credit Limit ................................................. 2-44
Software Meters-Game Meters-General-Page 16/20 ..... 2-25 System Options-Machine Cashout Limit ................. 2-44
Software Meters-Game Meters-Detail-Page 17/20 ......... 2-25 Setting Machine Cashout ....................................... 2-44
Software Meters-Game Meters-Detail-Page 18/20 ......... 2-26 System Options-Hopper Cashout Limit ................... 2-45
Game Recall ................................................................. 2-26 Setting Hopper Cashout Limit ................................ 2-45
Event ................................................................................... 2-27 System Options-Hopper Cashout Limit 2 ................ 2-45
Event Meter .................................................................. 2-27 Setting Hopper Cashout Limit 2 ............................. 2-45
Event Log ..................................................................... 2-27 System Options-Ticket Limit ................................... 2-46
Options ................................................................................. 2-28 Setting Ticket Limit ................................................. 2-46
Setting Options .............................................................. 2-28 System Options-Reset Jackpot To Credit Meter ...... 2-46
Menu Description ......................................................... 2-28 Setting Reset Jackpot To Credit Meter ................... 2-46
Coin Acceptor Options ................................................... 2-29 System Options-Jackpot Limit ................................. 2-47
Bill Validator Options ...................................................... 2-30 Setting Jackpot Limit .............................................. 2-47
Setting Bill Validator Option-Bill Validator Type ........ 2-30 System Options-Reset Jackpot Limit ....................... 2-47
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $1 ............... 2-30 Setting Reset Jackpot Limit ..................................... 2-47
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $2 ............... 2-31 System Options-Player Denomination $0.01 .......... 2-48
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $5 ............... 2-31 Setting Player Denomination $0.01 On/Off ............. 2-48
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $10 ............. 2-31 System Options-Player Denomination $0.02 .......... 2-48
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $20 ............. 2-31 Setting Player Denomination $0.02 On/Off ............. 2-48
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $50 ............. 2-32 System Options-Player Denomination $0.05 .......... 2-49
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $100 ........... 2-32 Setting Player Denomination $0.05 On/Off ............. 2-49
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $500 ........... 2-32 System Options-Player Denomination $0.10 .......... 2-49
Setting Bill Validator Option-Redeem Voucher ........ 2-32 Setting Player Denomination $0.10 On/Off ............. 2-49
Setting Bill Validator Option-Bill Stacker Alarm ......... 2-33 System Options-Player Denomination $0.25 .......... 2-50
Options -Touch Screen Option ...................................... 2-33 Setting Player Denomination $0.25 On/Off ............. 2-50
Setting Touch Screen Option On/Off ....................... 2-33 System Options-Player Denomination $1.00 .......... 2-50
Options-Door Option ............................................................. 2-34 Setting Player Denomination $1.00 On/Off ............. 2-50
Setting Coin Drop Door Option .............................. 2-34 System Options-Default Game Denom. .................. 2-51
Options-EM Counter Option .......................................... 2-35 Setting Default Game Denom. ................................ 2-51
Setting EM Counter 1 (Total In) ............................. 2-35 System Options-Progressive Denom. .................... 2-51
Setting EM Counter 2 (Total Out) ........................... 2-36 Setting Progressive Denom. .................................. 2-51
Setting EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) ........................ 2-36 System Options-Token Denomination .................... 2-52
Setting EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) ....... 2-36 Setting Token Denomination .................................. 2-52
Setting EM Counter 5 (Total Bills In) ...................... 2-36 System Options-Residual Credit ............................ 2-52
Setting EM Counter Access ................................... 2-37 Setting Residual Credit .......................................... 2-52
Sound Option ............................................................... 2-37 Online System Option ........................................................... 2-53
Setting Sound Volume ........................................... 2-37 Online System Option-Comm Port 1 Protocol ......... 2-53
Hopper Option .............................................................. 2-38 Setting Comm Port 1 Protocol ................................ 2-54
Setting Hopper On/Off ........................................... 2-38 On Line System Option-Comm Port 1 Address ....... 2-54
Printer Option ............................................................... 2-38 Setting Comm Port 1 Address ................................ 2-54
Setting Printer ON/OFF ......................................... 2-39 On Line System Option-Comm Port 1 Lockup ........ 2-54
Setting Printer Type .............................................. 2-39 Setting Comm Port 1 Lockup ................................. 2-55
Setting Ticket-Out Sound ....................................... 2-40 Online System Option-Comm Port 2 Protocol ......... 2-55
System Option .............................................................. 2-40 Setting Comm Port 2 Protocol ................................ 2-55
System Options-Machine Number ......................... 2-41 On Line System Option-Comm Port 2 Address ....... 2-55
Setting Machine Number ....................................... 2-41 Setting Comm Port 2 Address ................................ 2-56
System Options-Asset Number .............................. 2-42 On Line System Option-Comm Port 2 Lockup ........ 2-56

Setting Comm Port 2 Lockup ................................. 2-56 Diagnostic-Coin Acceptor-Enable/Disable .............. 2-73
Online System Option-Comm Port 3 Protocol ......... 2-56 Diagnostic-Coin Diverter-To Coin Drop/Hopper .... 2-73
Setting Comm Port 3 Protocol ................................ 2-57 Diagnostic-Bill Validator ................................................. 2-74
On Line System Option-Comm Port 3 Address ....... 2-57 Diagnostic-Coin Hopper ............................................... 2-74
Setting Comm Port 3 Address ................................ 2-57 Diagnostic-Ticket Printer ............................................... 2-75
On Line System Option-Comm Port 2 Lockup ........ 2-57 Diagnostic-Demonstration Print .............................. 2-75
Setting Comm Port 3 Lockup ................................. 2-58 Diagnostic-Now Printing ........................................ 2-76
Setting Tickets/Vouchers-Ticket Port ...................... 2-58 Diagnostic-Successful Print .................................... 2-76
Setting Tickets/Vouchers-Coupon Port ................... 2-58 Failed Demonstration Print .................................... 2-76
Setting Tickets/Vouchers-Validation Scheme ........... 2-58 Diagnostic-CD-ROM Drive ........................................... 2-76
Setting Tickets/Vouchers-Print Receipts ................. 2-59 Diagnostic-Sound ......................................................... 2-77
Setting Machine Control-Port Number ................... 2-59 Diagnostic-Sound-Sound Volume .......................... 2-77
Setting EFT Control-Port Number .......................... 2-59 Diagnostic-Sound-Sound Code ............................ 2-77
Setting System Bonus Control-Port Number ........... 2-59 Diagnostic-Screen ........................................................ 2-78
Setting Progressive Control-Progressive Port ........ 2-60 Diagnostic-Screen-Color Bar Screen .................... 2-78
Setting Progressive Control-Mystery Jackpot Port . 2-60 Diagnostic-Screen-Crosshatch Screen .................. 2-78
Progressive Option ....................................................... 2-60 Diagnostic-Communication Information ........................... 2-79
Progressive Option-Top Award Type .................... 2-61 Diagnostic-Game Test ................................................... 2-79
Setting Top Award Type ........................................ 2-61 Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 1 Position ................... 2-80
Setting Group ID ................................................... 2-61 Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 2 Position ................... 2-80
Setting Max Levels ............................................... 2-61 Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 3 Position ................... 2-80
Setting Mystery Jackpot Type ................................ 2-62 Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 4 Position ................... 2-80
Setting Mystery Jackpot Threshold ........................ 2-62 Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 5 Position ................... 2-81
Game Option ................................................................ 2-62 Diagnostic-Game Test-Total Line ........................... 2-81
Pay Table For $0.01 Game .................................. 2-63 Diagnostic-Game Test-Bet Per Line ....................... 2-81
Setting Pay Table For $0.01 Game ....................... 2-63 Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras ............................................. 2-81
Setting Pay Table For $0.02 Game ....................... 2-63 Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-EM Counter ................. 2-82
Setting Pay Table For $0.05 Game ....................... 2-63 EM Counter .......................................................... 2-82
Setting Pay Table For $0.10 Game ....................... 2-64 Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-UART .......................... 2-82
Setting Pay Table For $0.25 Game ....................... 2-64 Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-Option In-Port ...................... 2-83
Setting Pay Table For $1.00 Game ....................... 2-64 Option In-Port ....................................................... 2-84
Setting Play Line Max ........................................... 2-64 Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-Option Out-Port .................... 2-84
Setting Bet Max ..................................................... 2-65 Option Out-Port ..................................................... 2-84
Setting Attract Mode On/Off .................................... 2-65 Clock & Misc......................................................................... 2-85
Setting Sound Level .............................................. 2-65 Out of Service ....................................................................... 2-85
Setting Interval ...................................................... 2-65 Jumper Sockets .................................................................... 2-86
Setting Cash Display ............................................. 2-66 I/O Drive A Board (IOAB-2) .......................................... 2-86
Accounting Denom Option ............................................. 2-66 JP2, JP3 and JP4: ........................................................ 2-86
Options-Accounting Denom Option ........................ 2-66 JP5 and JP6: ................................................................ 2-86
Setting Accounting Denom ..................................... 2-66 JP7, JP8 and JP9: ........................................................ 2-86
Diagnostic ............................................................................ 2-67 I/O Drive B Board (IOBB-2).......................................... 2-87
Diagnostic-Main Menu .................................................. 2-67 JP1 .............................................................................. 2-87
Diagnostic-System Information ....................................... 2-67 LS240 (IC socket): ........................................................ 2-87
Diagnostic-System Information-ROM Information .... 2-68
Diagnostic-Game Information ......................................... 2-68
Diagnostic-Touch Screen .............................................. 2-69
Diagnostic-Touch Screen-Controller ID ................. 2-69
Controller ID ......................................................... 2-69
Diagnostic-Touch Screen-Touch Test .................... 2-69
Diagnostic-Touch Screen-Calibration .................... 2-70
Diagnostic-In-Port ......................................................... 2-71
In-Port (Button/Mechanical Switch Test) ................. 2-71
Diagnostic-Out-Port ....................................................... 2-71
Out-Port (Lamp Check) ......................................... 2-72
Diagnostic-Coin Acceptor .............................................. 2-73

Module 3
330058 Ithaca 850 Printer Assembly ..................................... 3-106
Parts, Assemblies & Hardware 330039 Ithaca 860 Printer Assembly ..................................... 3-106
330305 Printer,Seiko,Gen 2 Assembly .................................. 3-107
Overview ............................................................................. 3-89 330301 Coin Panel Assembly ............................................... 3-107
Required Tools ..................................................................... 3-89 330111 Top Box Fluorescent Assembly ................................. 3-107
Commonly-Used Hardware .................................................. 3-90 330344 Assy,Pnl, Light Reflt. Ext. Top Box ............................ 3-107
Functional Overview ............................................................ 3-90 330152 Fluorescent Lt. Assembly Round Top Box ................ 3-107
Parts Removal ...................................................................... 3-91 330012 Ballast & Starter Assembly ........................................ 3-108
Main Door Switch ......................................................... 3-91 330299 Button Panel (Multi-Line) Assembly ........................... 3-108
Topbox Door Switch ..................................................... 3-91 530218 19” LCD Assembly ................................................... 3-108
Belly Door Switch ......................................................... 3-91 310001 Bill Validator Assembly (JCM WBA 13) ...................... 3-108
Switch Wiring ................................................................ 3-91 310010 Bill Validator Assembly (JCM WBA 12SS) ................. 3-108
Hopper ........................................................................ 3-92 310027 Bill Validator Assembly (Mars ZT-1207) .................... 3-108
Power Supply .............................................................. 3-92 310092 Bill Validator Assy (MARS,SC66XX,Cashflow) .......... 3-108
Bill Validator .................................................................. 3-92 Hopper Assembly ................................................................. 3-109
Logic Unit ..................................................................... 3-92 330367 Bill Entry Assembly ................................................... 3-109
I/O Drive B Board (IOBB-2) .......................................... 3-92 330368 Bill Entry Assembly (69MM) ..................................... 3-109
I/O DriveA Board (IOAB-2) ........................................... 3-92 630004 Signal Tower, Two Tier, Chrome (Tall) ..................... 3-109
CD/Logic Unit ............................................................... 3-93 630007 Signal Tower, Two Tier, Chrome (Short) .................. 3-109
Main Control Board (MCTB) ......................................... 3-93 630016 Signal Tower, Two Tier, Gold (Short) ....................... 3-109
Communication Board (COMB-2) ................................. 3-93 630015 Signal Tower, Two Tier, Gold (Tall) .......................... 3-109
Logic Unit Switch .......................................................... 3-93 630025 Signal Tower,3 Tier,Short,Chrome ........................... 3-109
Backplane Board (BCKB-3) .......................................... 3-93 630026 Signal Tower,3 Tier,Short,Gold ................................ 3-109
Key Switch ................................................................... 3-94 330001 CD/Logic Assembly ................................................. 3-110
Printer Assembly ........................................................... 3-94 330103 CD/Logic Assembly (Low Profile) ............................. 3-110
Feature Glass ............................................................... 3-94 330171 CD Assembly (Low Profile) ...................................... 3-110
Belly Glass .................................................................. 3-94 330296 Door Sensor Assembly (Cabinet) ............................. 3-110
Power Control Assembly ............................................... 3-94 330295 Door Sensor Assembly (Door) ................................. 3-110
Bill Validator Door Switch Assembly ............................... 3-95
Door Lock Sensor ........................................................ 3-95 Module 4
LCD Unit ...................................................................... 3-95
Troubleshooting
Speakers ...................................................................... 3-95
Troubleshooting Charts ........................................................ 4-111
Meter Unit ..................................................................... 3-95
Reset/Start Errors ................................................................. 4-111
Main Machine Assembly ....................................................... 3-97
Door Status Errors ............................................................... 4-111
Main Cabinet 1 Assembly ...................................................... 3-98
Attendant Pay Codes ............................................................ 4-112
Main Cabinet 2 Assembly ...................................................... 3-99
Coin Acceptor/Diverter Errors ............................................... 4-112
Main Door 1 Assembly ......................................................... 3-100
Hopper Errors ...................................................................... 4-112
Main Door 2 Assembly ......................................................... 3-101
Electromechanical Meter Errors ............................................ 4-113
Main Topbox (Casino) Box Assembly ................................... 3-102
Bill Validator Errors ............................................................... 4-113
330334 Main Topbox (Casino) Door Assembly ..................... 3-102
DCNB (Door Connector PCB) Errors .................................. 4-114
Main Topbox (Extended) Box Assembly ............................... 3-102
RTC (Real Time Clock) Errors ............................................. 4-114
330335 Main Topbox (Extended) Door Assembly ................. 3-102
EL (Electronic Key) Errors .................................................... 4-114
Main Topbox (Round) Box Assembly ................................... 3-103
Communication Errors ......................................................... 4-115
330336 Main Topbox (Round) Door Assembly ..................... 3-103
Touch Screen Errors ............................................................ 4-115
330095 Bill Validator Housing Assembly ................................ 3-103
CD ROM Errors ................................................................... 4-115
330099 BV Door Switch Assembly ........................................ 3-103
Thermometer Errors ............................................................ 4-116
330094 Power Control Panel Assembly ................................ 3-104
Circuit Breaker Errors ......................................................... 4-116
330297 CPU Housing Assembly ........................................... 3-104
Printer Errors ....................................................................... 4-116
330303 Power Supply Assembly .......................................... 3-105
ROM Version Errors ............................................................ 4-116
330003 Hard Meter Assembly .............................................. 3-105
RAM Errors ......................................................................... 4-117
330300 Coin Bowl Assembly ................................................ 3-105
EEPROM Errors .................................................................. 4-117
330173 Bolster Assembly ...................................................... 3-106
Option Change Errors ......................................................... 4-117
330304 Coin Handling Assembly .......................................... 3-106
Low Battery Errors ............................................................... 4-117
330302 Belly Door Assembly ................................................ 3-106
Program Errors .................................................................... 4-117
330035 Seiko Printer Assembly ............................................ 3-106
Self Diagnostic On Boot Errors ............................................. 4-117
Self Diagnostic On Boot Errors (Cont.) ................................. 4-118 System Battery ..................................................................... 5-126
Self Diagnostic On Boot Errors (Cont.) ................................. 4-118 Overview ..................................................................... 5-126
CPU Exception Errors ......................................................... 4-119 Replace System Battery (24 Month Interval) ................. 5-126
CPU Exception Errors (Cont.) ............................................. 4-119 Changing the Batteries .................................................. 5-126
Door Errors ........................................................................ 4-119 Removal ....................................................................... 5-126
Door Errors (Cont.) ............................................................. 4-120 Installation ..................................................................... 5-126
Suspended Operation .......................................................... 4-120
Jackpot Reset ....................................................................... 4-120 Module 6
Attendant Pay ....................................................................... 4-120 Wiring Diagrams
Error Message in Display ..................................................... 4-120 Overall Wiring Diagram ......................................................... 6-128
Coin Jamming ....................................................................... 4-120
Installing a Sample Coin (Coin Mech) ................................... 4-120
Adjusting the Coin Comparitor (Coin Mech) ........................... 4-121
Module 7
Coin Learn Procedure (IDX) ................................................ 4-121 Glossary & Index
Teach and Run Procedure (Condor) .................................... 4-121 Glossary .............................................................................. 7-129
Index ................................................................................... 7-132
Module 5
Preventative Maintenance Module 8
Overview ............................................................................. 5-123 Appendix
Hopper ................................................................................ 5-123 Lights ................................................................................... 8-137
Overview ..................................................................... 5-123 Electrical Components .......................................................... 8-137
Removal ....................................................................... 5-123 Fuses ................................................................................... 8-137
Inspection (90 Day Interval).......................................... 5-123 Calibration Paper ................................................................. 8-137
Cleaning (90 Day Interval) ........................................... 5-123 PCBs ................................................................................... 8-138
Lubrication .................................................................... 5-123 Board Components ....................................................... 8-138
Adjust Hopper Knife (180 Day Interval) ......................... 5-123 Main Control (MCTB) ................................................... 8-138
Adjust Hopper Coin Out Sensor (180 Day Interval) ....... 5-123 Backplane (BCKB-3) .................................................... 8-138
Set Hopper Coin-Level Probe Circuit (As Required) ..... 5-124 Communication (COMB-2) ............................................ 8-138
Coin Acceptor ....................................................................... 5-124 Hopper Components ............................................................ 8-138
Overview ..................................................................... 5-124
Removal ....................................................................... 5-124
Inspection (90 Day Interval).......................................... 5-124
Coin Diverter........................................................................ 5-124
Overview ..................................................................... 5-124
Bill Acceptor .......................................................................... 5-124
Overview ..................................................................... 5-124
Removing/Opening the Validator Head & Transport Unit 5-124
Validator Module ................................................................... 5-124
LCD Assembly ...................................................................... 5-125
Overview ..................................................................... 5-125
Cleaning (90 Day Interval) ........................................... 5-125
LCD Controls (Overview) ............................................. 5-125
OSD Adjustment ............................................................ 5-125
Calibrate Touch Screen (180 Day Interval) ................... 5-125
CPU/CDROM Assemblies ..................................................... 5-125
Overview ..................................................................... 5-125
Cleaning (180 Day Interval) ......................................... 5-125
Cabinet ........................................................................ 5-126
Buttons ................................................................................. 5-126
Overview ..................................................................... 5-126
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Module 1
Introduction 1
Date of Publication: 07/19/2005 Radio Interference
Part Number: 810028 (B) This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following 2 conditions: This device may
Konami Gaming, Inc. NO
NOT T cause harmful interference, and this device must accept any
interference received including interference that may cause
undesired operation. Improper installation or maintenance may
result in radio interference.
Over
Over vie
ervie w
view
Operators Manual This manual is for operators, technicians and KGI service
personnel. It provides useful information for operating the KGI K2V
1.5 Series video gaming machine to aid in the set up, operation and
This manual subject to revision. maintenance of the machine. It provides required information such
Konami Gaming, Inc. distributes all revisions. as an introduction to the equipment, operation, handling errors,
© 2004 Konami Gaming, Inc. troubleshooting tables and maintenance. This manual describes the
ALL RIGHT RESERVED following items.
Reproduction in whole or part of this manual by photographic,
electronic or any other form of recording is prohibited by law. This
manual may not be transmitted or copied for public or private use
Module 1 Introduction
without the express consent of Konami Gaming, Inc. Module 1 contains general machine information, contact
information, a description of manual content, and a general list of
For permission write: features.
Konami Gaming, Inc.
585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 Module 2 Set Up & Operation
Operation
Module 2 contains installation, set up and operational
Customer Ser vice & RMA Inf
Service or
Infor mation,
ormation, information for use in installing, configuring and optioning a
Installation & Field Ser vice
vice,, call:
Service machine in the field.
Phone: (866) KGI-SLOT
Fax: (702) 361-9020 Module 3 Par
Par ts
ts,, Assemb
arts lies & Hardw
Assemblies are
Hardware
Module 3 describes machine components, the removal and
Domestic Sales
Sales,, call: installation of these components, and an illustrated parts manual.
Phone: (866) KGI-INFO
Fax: (702) 952-1596 Module 4 Troubleshooting
roubleshooting
Module 4 contains the troubleshooting tables necessary to
diagnose and repair errors or malfunctions.
Module 5 Maintenance
Module 5 lists the maintenance required to keep the
machine error free and performing as designed.
Module 6 Wir ing Diag

Wiring Diagrrams
Module 6 contains the overall wiring diagram drawings for
the components in the machine.
Module 7 Glossar
Glossaryy & Inde
Indexx
Module 8 Appendix
585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 1-1 © 2004

Features Hardware Options
• Bill Acceptors
JCM WBA-13-SS
JCM WBA-22-SS
JCM UBA-10-SS (plastic model)
Mars ZT1200 series
MEI Cashflow SC series.
• Coin Acceptors
Coin Mechanism MC-40
Coin Controls CN130 Condor
IDX X-10
Microsystems Microcoin QL
• Pr inter
Printer
Future Logic PSA-66-ST, PSA-66-ST2
Ithaca Model 850, 750
JCM TSP-200
Future Logic GEN II
Ter minology
erminology
The term Machine is used throughout this manual and is
defined as a physical piece of electromechanical equipment
designed and manufactured by Konami Gaming, Inc.. This equip-
ment is only for sale and use as an amusement apparatus or in
jurisdictions permitting such devices.
The term Game is used throughout this manual and is
defined as the programmed operation of the machine after money,
tokens, coupons, or equivalent are accepted. Typical game
characteristics include, player interaction with the machine through
the use of buttons or touch screen, video reels spinning and
stopping at programmed stop locations, and payout of coins,
tokens, coupons, or equivalent when reel symbol combinations
appear on the payline and match the game's paytable.
The term Oper ator is used throughout this manual and is
Operator
K2V 1.5 Ser ies Upr
Series ight Video
Upright defined as any person, partnership, company, or corporation, and/
or their legal representatives, who own, operate, service, maintain,
Hardware FFeatures
Hardware eatures and/or derive profit from their association with this machine.
• Flat 19” LCD Displa
Displayy The term Pla
Playyer is used throughout this manual and is
Crisper graphics, better resolution. defined as any person who deposits money, tokens, coupons, or
Screen angled for player comfort. equivalent into the machine described in this manual for the
Hardware included provides touch screen purpose of playing the games offered by the machine as defined by
functionality. the rules and odds set by the machine's Operator.
• Ergonomically designed Button P anel
Panel
Large rounded rubber molding for greater player Notices
comfort. This document provides the following important notes.
• Logical button layout. This symbol indicates a CA UTION or WARNING
CAUTION ARNING. These
• JCM WBA-13-SS Bill Acceptor Standard indicate actions or situations that can be damaging or
• Coin Mechanisms MC-40 Coin Acceptor dangerous to you or your equipment. Read and observe
all cautions and warnings.
• Seik
Seikoo PSA-66-ST or Ithaca Ser ies 850/860 Pr
Series inter
Printer
• Ser ial P
Serial or
Por
ortsts (3) This symbol indicates a note or tip. Notes and tips are
Slot accounting, progressive, remote audit recorder, items of special interest pertaining to the section or
external extended serial port, test port. procedure you are reading about. They typically augment
or clarify the material.

Customer Suppor
Supportt Shipping Charges
Konami Gaming, Inc. is committed to offering the highest • Konami Gaming, Inc. pays for standard ground
quality 24 hour, 7 day a week, technical support. Service calls can shipping on warranty items only.
be requested by calling 1-866-KGI-SLOT. E-Mail support can be • The Operator is responsible for shipping charges on
requested at [email protected]. All calls are logged into a expedited delivery or non-warranty items.
database to track response times, the nature of the calls and
developing trends.
Ser ial Number Plate
Serial
All requests for service or RMA replacement require the
Warranty and RMA Process
arranty machine serial number, located on the lower right side of the
cabinet. See the illustration below for location of the serial number
Warranty P
arranty olicy
Policy plate.
Warranty: 90 days parts and labor from date of sale.
RMA Process
• RMA tags are included in the spare parts kit.
• RMA numbers are issued by calling the Customer
Support Hotline at 1-866-KGI-SLOT.
• Parts returned to Konami Gaming, Inc. will only be
accepted with an RMA number. Please do NO NOT T send
any parts back without an RMA number.
• Once a replacement part is issued, the Operator has
30 days to return the old part without being charged.
If the old part is not returned within 30 days, the
Operator will be charged the full retail price for the
item.
Serial Number Plate
Location of Ser ial Number Plate

Serial
(RMA) CASE #
MACHINE SERIAL #
CASINO
PART #
PART SERIAL #
PART DESCRIPTION
PROBLEM
JURISDICTION
TECHNICIAN NAME
SERVICE TRIAL CONTRACT MAINTENANCE
PARTICIPATION WARRANTY CUSTOMER CAUSED
WHITE - FIELD ENG. YELLOW - SHIPPING MANILA - PART

Serial Number Plate
NO TE: RMA tags are used to repair damaged equipment

NOTE: NO TE: UL approved top boxes have a Serial Number Plate
NOTE:
to its original state of operation. Filling the RMA tag attached to the top box on the back lower left side of the
completely is required before any repair is attempted. top box.

Module 2
Set-Up & Operation
Overview Environmental Specifications
This Module addresses the installation, setup and operation of Line Voltage Input: 100 to 240 VAC; 50 or 60 Hz (240 VAC
the machine. The sections in this module cover: requires step-down transformer). The following calculations are
• Environmental Specifications based on 115 VAC input voltage:
• Unpacking and Inspecting • Power supply input 110 VAC: 108 to 120
• Candle (Signal Tower) Installation VAC (nominal 115VAC) at 50/60 Hz.
• Drop Box Door Switch • Power supply output +12 VDC, +24 VDC.
• Slot Accounting System • Current draw at rest: 1.1 Amps (127 Watts).
• Opening and Closing Doors • Current draw during game play: 1.1 Amps
(127 Watts).
• Lock Installation
• Current draw during payout: 1.3 Amps (150
• Setting the Hopper Level Probe Watts).
• Installing Coin Acceptor Sample Coin • Maximum operating ambient temperature:
• Option the Bill Validator 104° F (40° C).
• Power-Up • Minimum operating ambient temperature:
• Clearing RAM 32° F (0° C).
• Options Setting • Maximum surface ambient temperature:
105° F (41.5° C).
• Minimum surface ambient temperature: 32°
F (0° C).
• Maximum relative humidity: 95% (non-
condensing).
Unpack and Inspect

Unpack and inspect the machine before power is turned on. If
the machine has been damaged during shipping, contact your
Konami Distributor, or Konami Customer Service Representative
depending on warranty and sales contract terms.
For Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) information, see
48.58 Module One of this manual.
Carefully unpack and remove all loose parts and shipping
materials. Inspect components for damage. Verify the power cord is
properly routed out of the cabinet. Verify all wire connectors are firmly
seated. Check all display areas for signs of broken glass or bulbs.
21.00 16.27
21.06
Cabinet Specifications
Height (Casino Top) 48.58”
Height (Round Top) 52.55”
Height (Extended Top) 52.03”
Depth (At Coin Bowl) 21.06”
Depth (Cabinet Only) 16.27”
Width (Cabinet) 21.00”
Weight 234.5lbs.

Installing the Candle Candle Pin Assignment
Open the top box door. Pass the connector of the candle
through the “Z” shaped hole in the top of the top box. Then, mount CANDLE PIN ASSIGNMENT
the candle inside the top box using the two UNC 8-32-inch screws.
PIN NUMBER WIRE COLOR SIGNAL ASSIGNED LIGHT LOCATION
Connect the candle connector so that the candle stays horizontal. If
so equipped, secure the frame ground (FG) wire of the candle with 1 Brown Candle 1
one of the 8-32 screws. Close and lock the door. Turn the power on
and make sure that the candle illuminates. 2 Blue Candle 2
BOTTOM
3 Violet Candle 3
NO TE
NOTE
TE: If the tower light is not required, order PN 190679
(Cover, Candle Opening, Round Top Box) or PN 190680 4 Grey Candle 4
(Cover, Candle Opening, Sq. Top Box) to conceal the
5 White Candle 5
mounting hole. TOP
6 Yellow +24V
Stand Drill Guide
Use the following illustration to locate the mounting, drop and Drop box Switch
power cord holes.
NOTE: The drop box switch wiring is typically used ONLY
21-1/32
18-63/64 when the machine is not connected to a slot accounting
11-1/4
10-17/32
system.
6-1/32
7/8 Open the main door. Locate the connector labeled “DROP”
Ø2-1/2
(CN4 on the main cabinet harness). Connect the optional drop switch
BACK
POWER
1-23/32
1-25/32 harness (PN 110324). Connect the three spade connectors to the
HOLE
drop switch.
8-1 /32
Check
13-25/32
14-9/32
If the following problems arise before turning on the power,
16-11/32 check that the drop box switch is installed properly.
If the following problem arises after turning on the power,
check that drop box switch is installed properly.
2-1/8
DROP
•
2-1/8 HOLE
The 981 DROP DOOR ACCESSED error
4X R1/8
message is not displayed even after the
8X Ø3/8 1-27/32 power is turned on again with the drop-door
7-7/16
closed.
• The 012 DROP DOOR OPEN error
message is not displayed even after the
power is turned on again with the drop-door
opened.
• The 988 DROP DOOR PORT error
message is displayed
• No error messages appear when the sub-
door is opened and closed.
A drop-door open accessed error can be detected even with
the power turned off. Reset the error and turn the power on to
check that the switch is installed correctly.

Drop Box Switch Pin Assignment Connections
Under typical conditions, CNB33/Port 1 on BCKB-3 is for fiber
optic connection use only. CNB34 and CNB32 are used for serial
DROP BOX SWITCH PIN ASSIGNMENT communications with conventional wiring.
A1 ISO_+5V ISO_+5V
A2 iSC_OFF_SLTST_BG SECURITY SW OFF CNB32

SERIAL
SLOT-STAND DOOR RARA
GND
CNB34
SERIAL
PROG.
A3 iSC_ON_SLTST_G SECURITY SW ON
SLOT-STAND DOOR CNB33
GND SERIAL
SDS
A4 iSC_ON_MTNCE_G SECURITY SW ON
MNTNC DOOR GND
A5 iSC_OFF_MTNCE_BG SECURITY SW OFF

MNTNC DOOR GND
A6 iSNS_MTNCE_G SENSOR MNTNC DOOR

GND
B1 iSC_OFF_SLTST SECURITY SW OFF

Fiber Optic
SLOT-STAND DOOR When fiber optic communication lines are used, they are first
routed to the SAS unit mounted in the top box of the machine. The
B2 iSC_ON_SLTST SECURITY SW ON SAS unit is equipped with two input and two output fiber optic
SLOT-STAND DOOR receptacles. It is also equipped with a serial input/output connector
and attached wiring, the output of which is connected to CNB33 on
B3 iSC_ON_MTNCE SECURITY SW ON the Backplane board (BCKB-3).
MNTNC DOOR
B4 iSC_OFF_MTNCE SECURITY SW OFF SAS Bracket

MNTNC DOOR
The SAS components are
mounted to a removable
B5 iSNS_MTNCE SENSOR MNTNC DOOR
bracket installed on the
top box. Use the
B6 FG FG following illustration
to remove and install
the bracket.
Slot Accounting System Removal
Overview Turn off
Slot accounting system communication with the video machine power. Open
gaming machine takes place with an interface on the backplane the main door.
board (BCKB-3) in the logic box and settings on the Online System Remove the topbox
option page in the Konami Maintenance System (K.M.S). door by lifting it up
until the mounting hooks
are released and set aside.
Uninstall the SAS bracket by
removing the two 6-32 X 3/8 sems screws.
Installation
Install the SAS bracket by reinstalling the two 6-32 X 3/8 sems
screws. Install the top box door. Turn on machine power. Close and lock the
main door.

Turning Off the Power Switch
Turn off the power switch before performing maintenance. The variation of the non-C.U.L. approved game is the
Since power is supplied to the following units although the power approved version (shown below), which will be placed in the same
switch is off, the main AC power cord MUST be unplugged when location on the cabinet. An additional serial number plate will be placed
servicing the machine. on the top box.
• SAS unit (Slot Account System)
Installation
This chapter describes the procedure for installing the cabinet
and the initial settings of the equipment.
• Initialization
• Serial Number
• Opening and Closing the Doors
• How to Change Locks
Initialization
This section describes how to check the version of the cabinet
and the optional parts provided. This information will help perform
the work from initialization to operation of this machine smoothly.
Check the serial number and then the version of the cabinet. Since
there may be some cabinets containing optional parts, check if the
Using The Ser ial Plate
Serial
cabinet has any optional part using the list of the optional parts.
The serial plate for the cabinet is installed on the right side on
the outside of the
Serial Number and Lot Number cabinet.
Check the serial number. The following shows the way to check The serial
the serial number by using the serial plate or referring to the stamped plate for the top
serial number. Two types of serial number plates are used. The first is box is installed on
for non-C.U.L. approved games (shown below). the back lower left
side of the top box.
Serial Number Plate
Location Of Serial Plate
The information displayed on the serial number plate includes:

• MACHINE TYPE: Series name of the
cabinet (K2V 1.5 for this machine).

Bill Validator
• MANUFACTURE DATE: Date of
Door (Sub
manufacture.
Door Open)
• SERIAL NUMBER: Cabinet-specific number.
The
• VAC, HZ, A: Usage environment for the following
cabinet. describes how to
open the bill
Referr
Referr ing To The Stamped Ser
erring ial Number
Serial stacker door with
The serial number is stamped or engraved on the front inside the sub-door
of the cabinet. This serial number is identical with the serial number opened.
found on the serial plate. If you find a different serial number, contact To open,
your KGI representative insert the key into
immediately. the cylinder for bill
stacker door key
on the bill stacker
door. Turn the bill
stacker door key
90° counterclock-
wise. Open the bill stacker door.
Location Of Stamped To close, close the bill stacker door. Turn the bill stacker door
Serial Number
key 90° clockwise. Remove the bill stacker door key from the cylinder.
Bill Validator Door (Main Door Open)

The following
describes how to open
Opening and Closing the Doors the bill validator door
Main Door with the main door
To open, insert the key into opened.
the cylinder on the right side of the To open,
cabinet. Turn the key 90° clockwise. insert the key into
Pull up the main door lever with the the cylinder for bill
key turned. Open the door by pulling validator door key
the door toward you. on the front of the
To close, close the door with bill validator door.
the main door lever pulled up. Turn Turn the key 90°
the key 90° counter-clockwise. counterclockwise.
Remove the key from the cylinder. Open the bill validator
door.
Sub-Door (Belly Door) To close, close the bill
validator door. Turn the key 90° clockwise.
To open, insert the sub-door
Remove the key from the cylinder for bill validator door key.
key into the sub-door key cylinder on
the right of the main door. Turn the
key 90° clockwise. Press the sub-
door open button with the key
turned. Open the sub-door.
To close, close the door while
pressing the sub-door open button
with the key turned clockwise. Turn
the key 90° counter-clockwise.
Remove the key from the cylinder.

Top Box (B-Top) Lock Hardware
To open, open the main door. The following shows the standard lock hardware.
Slide the topbox door up and
forward until it clears the
mounting tabs.
To close,
slide the topbox
door onto the
mounting tabs and
slide down as far
as it will go. Close
and lock the main
door.
Logic Door
The Lock Cams
following describes how to open the logic door with the main door The following shows the standard lock cams required for this
open. machine.
To open insert the
logic door key into the LOCKING CAMS
cylinder on the front of the
Part # Description
logic unit. Turn the key 90°
counterclockwise. Open the 190020 CAM,LOCK,MAIN
DOOR
logic door by pulling the
logic door toward you and
up to clear the mounting
tabs.
To close, insert the 190048 PLATE,LOCK,CB
logic door tabs into the slots NT
and pivot into the locking
position. Turn the logic door
key 90° clockwise. Remove
the logic door key from the cylinder.
190306 CAM,DOOR,BV
Changing Locks
Lock Dimensions
The following shows the standard lock dimensions.
.6830 .3900 190713 CAM,LOCK,MAIN

& BELLY DOOR
.5830 ø.7340
ø.8660
1.280 .6150 190020 CAM,LOCK,CPU

DOOR

Main Door Lock
Turn the key 90° counterclockwise to open the logic door, then return it to the
NOTE : Locks are supplied for shipping purposes only. It is original position. Make sure that the lock is installed properly by opening and
recommended that all locks be replaced with owner/operator closing the door.
approved and secured lock. If the following problem arises before turning on the power, check that
the above procedure was performed properly.
Open the main
door. Remove the 9/ • The door will not open and close easily.
32-28 UNF nut. • The key cannot be removed or turned.
Remove the cam. If the 012 LOGIC DOOR OPEN message appears after turning on the
Remove the 3/4-28 power, check that the above procedure was performed properly.
UNF nut from the lock. The probable causes of the error are:
Remove the key • The lock is not installed properly.
cylinder from outside • The logic door switch is not depressed
the cabinet. Install a completely.
new key cylinder. Turn If the 032 LOGIC DOOR ACCESSED message appears after turning
the key 90° clockwise on the power, turn the reset-key switch.
to open the main door, Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the K.M.S. to check logic door switch.
then return it to the
original position.
Sub-Door Lock
Make sure that
Open the main door. Remove the
the lock is installed
9/32-28 UNF nut from the lock.
properly by opening
Remove the cam. Remove the
and closing the door.
3/4-28 UNF nut from the
If the following
lock. Remove the key
problems exist before turning on the power, check that the key works
cylinder from outside the
properly for the installed lock.
main door. Install a new
• The door will not open and close easily. key cylinder. Turn the key
• The latch does not engage easily. 90 ° clockwise to open the sub-
• The key cannot be removed or turned. door, then return it to the original
If the 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN message appears after turning position.
on the power, make sure that the above procedure was performed Make sure that the lock is
properly. installed properly by opening and closing
The probable causes of the error are: the door.
• The lock is not installed properly. If the following problem arises
• The main door switch is not depressed before turning on the power, check that
the above procedure was performed properly.
completely.
If the 030 MAIN DOOR ACCESSED message appears after • The door will not open and close easily.
turning on the power, turn the reset-key switch. • The door release does not engage easily.
Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the K.M.S. to check main door • The key cannot be removed or turned.
switch and sensor. If the 013 SUB DOOR OPEN message appears after turning on the
power, check that the above procedure was performed properly.
Logic Door Lock The probable causes of the error are:
Open the • The lock is not installed properly.
main door. Open the • The sub door switch is not depressed
logic door. Remove completely.
the 9/32-28 UNF nut If the 033 SUB DOOR ACCESSED message appears after turning on
from the lock. the power, turn the reset-key switch.
Remove the cam. Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the K.M.S. to check sub door switch.
Remove the 3/4-28
UNF nut from the NOTE: Remove the spacer for a short lock. Retain the spacer
lock. Remove the key and other small parts for future use if not required for this
cylinder from outside application.
the logic door. Install
a new key cylinder.

Bill Validator Door Setting the Hopper Level Probe
Lock The Konami hopper is equipped with a level probe to measure
Open the main the number of coins in the hopper bowl. When a desired amount is
door. Open the bill reached, the diverter actuates and directs the coins to the drop
validator door. Remove bucket. Changing the position of the level probe determines the
the 9/32-28 UNF nut amount of coins in the hopper. By moving the probe to a lower
from the back of the bill location, less coins will be added to the hopper. See the illustrations
validator door. Remove below to change the level probe position.
the cam. Remove the 3/
4-28 UNF nut from the
lock. Pull out the bill
validator door lock from
the bill validator door.
Install a new key cylinder.
Turn the key 90° counterclock-
wise to open the bill stacker door,
then return it to the original position.
Make sure that the lock is installed properly by opening and

closing the door.
If the following problem arises before turning on the power,
check that the above procedure was performed properly. Highest Level Probe Setting
• The door will not open and close easily.
• The key cannot be removed or turned.
If the 014 BILL DOOR OPEN message appears after turning
on the power, check that the above procedure was performed
properly.
The probable causes of the error are:
• The lock is not installed properly.
• The bill validator door switch is not depressed
completely.
If the 034 BILL DOOR ACCESSED message appears after
turning on the power, turn the reset-key switch.
Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the K.M.S. to bill door switch. Lower Setting
Coin Acceptor Sample Coin
Top Box Door The coin acceptor validates and either accepts or rejects
The top box door is secured by the main door (in the locked coins or tokens inserted through the coin head. Insert a high quality
position). If the 015 TOP BOX DOOR OPEN message appears after sample coin or tokens (matching the machine's denomination) into
turning on the power, check that the top box door is fully secured by the sample coin sliding holder on the coin acceptor. Insert a number
the main door and the top box door switch is depressed completely. of coins or token through the coin head and verify the coin acceptor
Go to DIAGNOSTIC DOOR in the K.M.S. to top box door properly functions. If an excessive number of coins are rejected, the
switch. acceptor may need adjusting (see Module 5; Preventative Mainte-
nance).
Option the Bill Acceptor (Factory Preset)
The bill acceptor validates, either accepting or rejecting bills
inserted into the bill validator module (bill head). Accepted bills are
transported to the cash cassette, and an appropriate number of
credits register on the credit meter. For example, an accepted U.S.
$1.00 bill shows as 4 credits on a 25¢ machine. Rejected bills are
returned to the Player. Remove the bill validator module (refer to the
Module 3; Assemblies, Parts & Hardware). Mars DIP switches are
located along the left side of the unit. WBA DIP switches are along
the RIGHT side of the unit. Set Mars Dips to ON or WBA DIPS to
OFF to accept desired bills.

Startup Clearing the Backup Memory
All Reset clears the contents of the backup memory such as
Check the following items before connecting the AC plug to a the credit, software meter, and game log and initializes the setting of
receptacle. the machine.
Inspection of the cabinet
• Check that all the units are plugged in firmly. EL Key (I-Button)
• Check that all the connectors are The EL Key, a 16mm computer chip in an armored stainless
connected. steel case, is located on the MCTB and is used as a clear chip, set
chip and for software authentication. The EL Key is a 1,152-bit secure
• Check that the AC cord is not damaged.
read/write nonvolatile memory partitioned into three 384-bit blocks
• Check that the power switch is turned off. capable of data retention for over 10 years.
• Check that fuses are not blown.
EL Key Levels
Inspection of the use environment The EL Key is available in one level (0 clear and set chip).
• Check that the power supply meets the The EL Key is programmed for a specific game and are not
specification for the cabinet. interchangeable between different game titles. The different levels
• Check that the AC cord is not strained (do are:
not bend the AC cord at a sharp angle, coil • Level 0 (Clear and set chip) – Used to
it or put a heavy weight on it). perform a safe store clear (RAM clear) and
• Check that there is nothing containing water make and set all initial machine settings.
near the power supply.
Setting Undefined Options
Inspection after connecting the AC plug to the Since the optional values are stored in the EEPROM, the
optional values can be left intact even though you have performed
receptacle
All Reset. When you set the EPROM in the MCTB and start the
• Check that a smell of smoke is not present. machine for the first time, the optional values are not defined.
• Check that no sparks, smoke or flame are
produced. Procedure for All Reset
• Check that the AC cord does not get too • Turn power OFF.
hot. • Install Level 0 EL Key on the Main Control
Board.
Turning On the Power Switch • Turn power ON.
When an Operator performs the following, the all
reset (RAM clear) procedure is required. When the
• When prompted, press the SPIN button to
game initializes, the Operator will be prompted to start the All Reset procedure.
insert a level 0 EL-Key. • Configure the machine by following the
• When a new EPROM is set in the MCTB screen by screen instructions.
and started for the first time. • When prompted, with the power ON (or OFF
• When the EPROM is changed to a after prompt), remove the Level 0 EL Key
different version. then turn the reset keyswitch to reboot the
machine and lock in the new settings.
• When the value of the denomination is
changed.
EL-Key
Eproms

Setting Options Operation
The screen to set the date/time and options appears after Game Screen
the backup memory is cleared. Set the options as necessary. Game screen is composed of three areas, which are (A), (B)
and (C).
Restart the Machine by Changing the EL Key
After setting all the options, the following messages appear.
All Reset procedure was completed.
A
GAME NAME
Remove the Level 0 EL Key. 4 4
Turn Reset Key Switch to reset the machine. 2 2
Power the machine down and back on to lock in the option 8

10
9
10
values. 7 7
B
1 1
Returning from the KMS 6

9
6
9
The KMS screen appears after the board is checked. Turn 3 3
the Reset key to return the screen to the game screen. 5 5
CASH PAY
HELP
OUT TABLE
Recovering from Error C
CREDITS TOTAL BET WIN PAID SELECT BET PER
LINES LINE
The EL KEY CHANGED error message appears. Turn the
Reset key to recover from the error.
If any other error message appears, eliminate its cause and
recover from the error.
(A) SUB-GAME AREA
The sub-game area displays the game title and the featured
Starting up (normally) game image.
Open the main door to turn on the power switch, then close
the main door. The self-check screen appears. When no error is
found in all the items, the game screen appears.
(B) GAME AREA
The game area displays image that corresponds to game
type. For example, Reels and Play lines are displayed in the Slot
game. The cards and pay table is displayed in the Poker or Black
Jack game. During the featured game, game area is changed into
the feature’s image.
(C) DASHBOARD
The dashboard displays the game status information,
attendant message, game instruction, denomination sign, and other
meters.
CASH PAY
HELP
OUT TABLE

LINES LINE

Help and Pay Table Help and Paytable (cont.)
NOTE : Help and paytable screens are game specific and Screen 4 of 6 displays the sofa so good bonus awards.
will vary according to the installed game. Screens displayed Sofa So Good Bonus
are for example only and may differ from the currently MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SAT, SUN
Three Scattered Sofa So Good symbols
installed game. on reels 1, 2, & 3 triggers bonus feature.
When playing the Sofa So Good Bonus, you select on of the four
The following is an example, HELP (10-Line Game) and PAY rooms and "Touch Sofa" to reveal random items of different values.
TABLE (DAYS OFF). Screen 1 of 6 displays the line configuration for Each time you touch the sofa a random item will appear in the room. aA
A bonus
bonusvalue
valueisis
awarded for each item and added to the total multiplier for the bonus. The selection
this game. process continues until the working man runs across the screen stating that you
have one more selection. Then touch the sofa for the final item to be placed in the room.
After selection appears all items are added to the total multiplier won for bonus.
LINE CONFIGURATION
MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SAT, SUN This bonus game awards 2 to 70 times total credits bet.
LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 3 LINE 4 LINE 5
Previous Page: [SELECT 7 LINES] Next Page: [SELECT 10 LINES] Back to Game: [HELP/GAME] PAGE 4/6
RETURN
PREVIOUS NEXT TO
GAME

LINE 6 LINE 7 LINE 8 LINE 9 LINE 10 LINES LINE
Screen 5 of 6 displays the days off bonus awards.
Previous Page: [SELECT 7 LINES] Next Page: [SELECT 10 LINES] Back to Game: [HELP/GAME] PAGE 1/2 Days Off Bonus
RETURN MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SAT, SUN
PREVIOUS NEXT TO
GAME Three Scattered Days Off symbols
CREDITS TOTAL BET WIN PAID SELECT BET PER on reels 3, 4, & 5 triggers bonus feature.
LINES LINE
When playing the Days Off Bonus, press the spin button
to start the working man's roll across the calander.
As the working man rolls across the calender, five random days will appear
Screen 2 of 6 displays the button instructions for this game. as "Days Off. Values are given for each day off, Mondays and Fridays collect
weekend bonus. Consecutive "Days Off" will have higher values than single
"Days Off". After the working man has rolled across a day that appears as a
BUTTON INSTRUCTIONS
"Days Off" a pencil will circle the day. All combinations of "Days Off" and
Weekend bonuses will be paid as a multiplier times the credits bet.
SELECT PRESS TO PRESS TO VIEW
HELP Player is awarded total multiplier at the end of bonus.
LINE(S) SELECT PAYLINES. GAME INSTRUCTIONS.
PRESS TO START THE Back to Game: [HELP/GAME] PAGE 5/6

BET PER PRESS TO VIEW Previous Page: [SELECT 7 LINES] Next Page: [SELECT 10 LINES]
GAME WITH SELECTED PAY TABLE
LINE ALL PAYS. RETURN
LINES AND BET PER LINE. PREVIOUS NEXT TO
GAME
SPIN PRESS TO START THE GAME CASH OUT CREDITS TOTAL BET WIN PAID SELECT BET PER
PRESS TO CASH OUT. LINES LINE
WITH PREVIOUS WAGER.
BET MAX PRESS TO START THE GAME CHANGE PRESS TO CALL

WITH MAXIMUM WAGER. ATTENDANT. Screen 6 of 6 displays the days off award schedule
SELECT LINES CAN ONLY BE CHANGED BEFORE GAME START. CHANGING BET PER LINE STARTS GAME.
Previous Page: [SELECT 7 LINES] Next Page: [SELECT 10 LINES] Back to Game: [HELP/GAME] PAGE 2/2F Days Off Bonus
RETURN
PREVIOUS NEXT TO MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SAT, SUN

GAME
ONE DAY OFF = 3x TOTAL BET
LINES LINE
TWO DAY OFF = 4x TOTAL BET
THREE DAY OFF = 5x TOTAL BET
Screen 3 of six displays the scatter pay awards. FOUR DAY WEEKEND = 5x TOTAL BET
FIVE DAY WEEKEND = 12x TOTAL BET
SIX DAY WEEKEND = 40x TOTAL BET
MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SAT, SUN SEVEN DAY WEEKEND = 100x TOTAL BET
SCATTER PAYS EIGHT DAY WEEKEND = 250x TOTAL BET
1 2 3 4 5 NINE DAY WEEKEND = 500x TOTAL BET
Sofa So Good Days Off RETURN
Bonus Symbol Bonus Symbol PREVIOUS NEXT TO
GAME
in any position in any position CREDITS TOTAL BET WIN PAID SELECT BET PER
on reels &1 2 on reels & 3 4 LINES LINE
pays 1x your pays 1x your

total bet. total bet.
RETURN
PREVIOUS NEXT TO
GAME

LINES LINE

Collecting Coins Spin Button
Normally, the coin hopper holds the inserted coins. When the The spin button can act as a repeat bet button. After the
coin hopper becomes full of coins, the diverter moves coins into the number of lines are selected, the credits wagered per line activates
drop box. Since no error message will appear when the drop box the game. The spin button then activates the next game.
becomes full of coins, coins should be collected periodically.
Bill Validator (Bill Entry)
Player/Operator Interface Accepts paper currency and converts it into credits according
Use the following illustration to identify the player/operator to the denomination of the machine. If a $20.00 bill is inserted, and
interface items used to play the game. the denomination of the machine is 5¢, 400 credits will be added to
the credit meter.
Coin Head
Location where coins can be inserted into the machine.
Ticket Printer
LCD & The ticket printer is used to dispense tickets that reflect the
Touch Screen amount of credits remaining on the machine that can be cashed for
Coin
Head their monetary value, or in some cases, can be inserted into another
Speaker machine to add credits and enable play.
Ticket
Speaker Printer LCD Touchscreen
Change
Button The LCD screen is used to display animations, bonus games
Cashout
and bonus pays to the player. It is also used to access the K.M.S.
Button Bill (Konami Maintenance System) to display game information, audit
Entry
Select X Line Select X Per Bet Max Spin
information, log files, game recall files, event info files and system info
Button Line Button Button Button files. It is also used to display diagnostic screens and game test
screens.
Change Button
The change button is used to illuminate the upper signal tower
light with a steady flash, indicating to the operator that change is
required at the machine.
Cashout Button
The cashout button is used by the player to retrieve unused
credits from the machine. When pressed, the hopper activates
dropping coins into the coin bowl, triggering an attendant pay, printing
a ticket or a combination of events.
Select Line Buttons

The select line(s) button allows the player to choose the
number of lines played.
Bet X Per Line Buttons

The Bet X Per line buttons allow the player to select the
number of credits played for each of the selected lines.
Bet Max Button

The bet max button wagers the maximum number of credits
for each time it is pressed. A credit equals the current denomination X
1 (if the machine is optioned with a denomination of 50¢, and the
maximum number of coins is 45, the bet max value would be $22.50.
When the bet max button is pressed, the reels spin automatically.

Refilling Hopper Audit Mode
When the coin hopper becomes empty of coins, the 120 How to Enter and Exit Audit Mode
HOPPER EMPTY OR JAM message appears. This message will In this machine, the audit mode is called the “KONAMI
suspend the game until the hopper is refilled with coins according Maintenance System” (abbreviated as K.M.S).
to the following procedure.
Open the main door. Check if the coin hopper contains coins. The K.M.S screen will automatically return to the game screen
If the coin hopper contains coins, there is a possibility of a JAM. If in 15 seconds if no operation is performed and the following
jammed, clear the jam and reset the game. If the hopper is empty, conditions exist.
refill with coins. Make sure not to drop coins inside the cabinet The main door is closed.
when refilling the hopper. Close the main door and turn the reset The Audit Key Switch is not turned on.
key to recover from the error. No button is pressed.
KONAMI Maintenance System (K.M.S) Main Menu
Collecting Bills Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
When the bill stacker becomes full of bills, the 224 BILL KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key :
Exit
STACKER FULL message appears. This suspends the game until Line #1 :
the bills are collected according to the following procedure. Bills Software Meters
Game Recall Line #2 :
Next Item
should collected periodically before the bill stacker becomes full. Event
Options
Prev Item
Line #3 :
Open the sub door. Open the bill stacker door. Diagnostic Select
Clock & Misc
Pull down the lever installed to the bill stacker handle to Out of Service
unlock and pull out the bill stacker. Unlock the locks (2 places) on Exit the KMS.
the back of the bill stacker at the same time and remove the bill.
Push the bill stacker back to the bill validator unit. Close the bill
stacker door and sub door. Turn the reset key to recover from the
error.
Collecting Coins
Normally, the coin hopper holds the inserted coins. When the
coin hopper becomes full of coins, the diverter moves coins into the
drop box. Since no message will appear when the drop box The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
becomes full of coins, coins should be collected periodically. the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next
page and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page.
As the SELECT X LINE configuration is game dependant, use
the following illustration to determine which button corresponds to
each K.M.S. menu pick.
Select 1 Line Select 2 Lines Select 3 Lines Select 4 Lines
SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT

CHANGE 1 3 5 7 9
LINE LINES LINES LINES LINES
BET BET BET BET BET BET

CASHOUT 1 2 3 5 10 SPIN
PER LINE PER LINE PER LINE PER LINE PER LINE MAX

Common Operation switches Software Meters-Audit Meters- General - Page 1/20
The following switch operation is the same as on each K.M.S Use to access the various Software Meters. Software meters
screen (excepting a few menus). are accessed by turning the reset keyswitch. The audit key exits the
Switch Position Audit Returns to the game K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the
screen. SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the SELECT
2 LINES button returns to the previous page.
Software Meters KONAMI
SOFTWARE
MAINTENANCE
METERS SYSTEM (KMS)
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Audit Key :
Various Software Meters can be checked. Software meters page 1/20
Exit
Audit Meters - General Change :
are accessed by turning the reset keyswitch. The audit key exits the Return
Total Line #1 :
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the Coin In $0.00 Next page
Coin Out $0.00 Line #2 :
SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to the next menu, the Coin Drop $0.00 Prev page
Attendant Paid Jackpots 0
SELECT 2 LINES button moves the cursor to the previous menu and Attendant Paid Cancelled Credits $0.00
Physical Coin In $0.00
the SELECT 3 LINE button enters the current selection. Physical Coin Out $0.00
Bill In $0.00
Current Machine P.O. % From Paytable 0.000%
Current Machine P.O. % With Progressive 0.000%
MENU DESCRIPTION Current Machine P.O. % With System Bonus 0.000%
Menu Description
Checks various Software

Software Meters
Meters.
Game Recall Checks the game history.

AUDIT METERS-GENERAL
Checks the record Item Description
Event
concerned with Event. Total amount of credits bet from credit
meter or coins inserted. This meter
COIN IN
Checks and changes each includes credits bet to Residual
Options credit removal game.
Option setting.
Total amount of credits won from
Diagnoses various devices paytable. This meter includes won
COIN OUT
Diagnostic amount of Residual credit removal
installed on EGM. game.
Total number of coins sorted into the
Checks and changes the COIN DROP
cash box.
Clock & Misc. date and time of the internal
Total amount paid by attendant from
clock. single win. This meter doesn't include
Attendant Paid Jackpots
any progressive wins and external
Displays "Out of Service" system bonus.
Out of Service message and locks the Total amount paid by attendant in
Attendant Paid Cancelled Credits
machine. cash-out.
Number of coins accepted by Coin
Physical Coin In
Exit the KMS Returns to the game screen. Acceptor.
Total number of coins paid from the
Physical Coin Out
Coin Hopper.
Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The Bill In Total amount of bill accepted.
following screen displays. Current Machine P.O. % From Current machine payout percentage
Paytable from paytable.
Current Machine P.O. % With Current machine payout percentage
Progressive including Progressives wins.
Current machine payout percentage
Current Machine P.O. % With System
including progressive wins and
Bonus
external system bonus.
Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to go to the next page. The

following screen displays.

Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 2/20 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 3/20
Displays the accounting information and bill acceptance data. Displays the accounting information, hopper, cashable and
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the non-cashable credit/promotion play and mini-game data. The audit
previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous
and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page. menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page.
KONAMI
SOFTWARE
MAINTENANCE
METERS SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key :
Exit Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Audit Meters - General page 2/20 Change : SOFTWARE METERS Audit Key :
Return Exit
Total Line #1 : Audit Meters - Detail page 3/20 Change :
Total # of Bill 0 Next page Return
Total Bill in Dollar Amount $0.00 Total
Line #2 : Total Drop $0.00 Line #1 :
Total # of $1 0
Total # of $2 0 Prev page Hopper Test 0 Next page
Total # of $5 0 Hopper Overpay 0 Line #2 :
Total # of $10 0 Hopper Runaway 0
0 # of Excessive Coin-in (After Tilt) 0 Prev page
Total # of $20
Total # of $50 0 Overfed Coins Left 0
Total # of $100 0 Total # of $20
Total # of $500 0 Total Cashable Credit Play $0.00
Total Cashable Promotion Play $0.00
Total # of Voucher In 0 Total Non-Cashable Promotion Play $0.00
Voucher In $0.00
Total # of Voucher Out 0 Residual credit removal game:
Voucher Out $0.00 Total # of Games 0
Total # of Coupon Promotion In 0 Total # of Games Win 0
Coupon Promotion In $0.00 Total In (Tokenization In) $0.00
Total # of Coupon Promotion Out 0 Total Out (Tokenization Out) $0.00
Coupon Promotion Out $0.00
Total # of Cashable Promotion In 0
Cashable Promotion In $0.00
AUDIT METERS-DETAIL
AUDIT METERS-DETAIL
Item Description
Total # of Bill Total number of bills received. Item Description
Total amount in dollars by bill Total amount of following amount:
Total Bill in Dollar Amount
acceptance. coins dropped into the cash box,
Total # of $1 Total number of $1 bills accepted. Total Drop bills accepted, any kind of vouchers
accepted, any kind of cash or
Total # of $2 Total number of $2 bills accepted. promotional credits transferred in.
Total # of $5 Total number of $5 bills accepted. Total number of coins paid out in
Hopper Test
Total # of $10 Total number of $10 bills accepted. Hopper test mode.
Total # of $20 Total number of $20 bills accepted. Total number of extra coins paid in
Hopper Overpay
cash-out.
Total # of $50 Total number of $50 bills accepted.
Total number of coins paid out in non-
Total # of $100 Total number of $100 bills accepted. Hopper Runaway
cash out mode.
Total number of extra coins in
Total number of Cash Tickets # of Excessive Coin-in (After Tilt) condition where coin accepted
Total # of Voucher In
accepted. inhibited accepting coins.
Total dollar amount of Cash Tickets Total numbers of coins currently held
Voucher In
accepted. Overfed Coins Left
that were inserted after game start.
Total number of Cash Tickets printed
Total # of Voucher Out Total amount of credits played with
out. Total Cashable Credit Play
cash credits.
Total amount of Cash Tickets printed
Voucher Out Total amount of credits played with
out. Total Cashable Promotion Play
cashable promotional credits.
Total number of Promotional Coupons
Total # of Coupon Promotion In Total amount of credits played with
accepted. Total Non-Cashable Promotion Play
non-cashable promotional credits.
Coupon Promotion In Total amount of Coupons accepted.
RESIDUAL CREDIT REMOVAL GAME
Total number of Promotional Coupons
Total # of Coupon Promotion Out
printed out. Total number of games played of
Total # of Games
Total amount of Promotional Coupons Residual credit removal game.
Coupon Promotion Out
printed out. Total number of games won of
Total # of Game Win
Total number of Cashable Residual credit removal game.
Total # of Cashable Promotion In
Promotional Tickets accepted.
Total amount of credits bet to
Total In (Tokenization In)
Total amount of Cashable Promotional Residual credit removal game.
Cashable Promotion In
Tickets accepted.
Total amount of credits won from
Total Out (Tokenization Out)
Residual credit removal game.

Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 4/20
Displays the game information and jackpot data. The audit AUDIT METERS-DETAIL
key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous
Item Description
menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the
SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page. Total amount of progressive won the
Machine Paid Progressive Payout
machine paid.
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
SOFTWARE METERS Audit Key : Total amount of winnings attendant
Exit Attendant Paid Paytable Won Payout
Audit Meters - Detail page 4/20 Change : paid which came from paytable.
Return
Total
Line #1 : Total amount of external system
Attendant Paid External Bonus Payout
Games Played since Game Initialization 0
Games Winner since Game Initialization Next page
bonus attendant paid.
0
Games Played since Power On 0 Line #2 :
Games Played since Main Door Closure 0
# of Excessive Coin-in (After Tilt) 0 Prev page
Total Number of Jackpot 1 0 Total amount of progressive winnings
Total Number of Jackpot 2 0 Attendant Paid Progressive Payout
Total Number of Jackpot 3
0
0
attendant paid.
Total Number of Jackpot 5 0
Total Number of Jackpot 6 0
Total Amount of Progressive Jackpots
0
0
$0.00
Machine Paid Paytable Won Payout
Machine Paid External Bonus Payout
$0.00
$0.00 Displays the bill data, voucher data and coupon data. The audit
$0.00
Machine Paid Progressive Payout $0.00
Attendant Paid Paytable Won Payout $0.00
Attendant Paid External Bonus Payout
Attendant Paid Progressive Payout
$0.00
$0.00
menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the
SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page.
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
SOFTWARE METERS Audit Key :
Exit
Audit Meters - Detail page 5/20 Change :
Return
Since Stacker Installed
Total # of Bill 0 Line #1 :
Total Bill in Dollar Amount $0.00 Next page
Total # of $1 0 Line #2 :
Total # of $2 0
AUDIT METERS-DETAIL Total # of $5
Total # of $10
0
0
Prev page
Total # of $20 0
Total # of $50tal Number of Jackpot 3 0
Item Description Total # of $100
Total # of $500
0
0
Total Number of Voucher In 0
Games Played since game Total number of games played since Voucher In $0.00
Total # of Coupon Promotion In 0
initialization game initialization. Coupon Promotion In
Total # of Cashable Promotion In
$0.0$0.00
0
Cashable Promotion In $0.00
Games Winner since game Total number of games won since
initialization game initialization..
Total number of games played since
Games Played since Power On
last power on.
Games Played since Main Door Total number of games played since
Closure last main door closure.
Total number of occurrences of
Progressive Jackpot 1.
Total Dollar amount of all progressive
Total Amount of Progressive Jackpots
jackpots.
Total amount of winnings the machine
Machine Paid Paytable Won Payout
paid that came from paytable.
Total amount of external system
Machine Paid External Bonus Payout
bonus the machine paid.

Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
AUDIT METERS-DETAIL SOFTWARE METERS Audit Key :

Exit
Item Description
Return
Total
Multiplied Win Deductable $0.00 Line #1 :
Multiplied Win Non-Deductable $0.00 Next page
System Award Deductable $0.00 Line #2 :
Total # of Bill Total number of bills received.
System Award Non-Deductable $0.00
System Award Wager Match $0.00 Prev page
Cashable EFT In $0.00
Promotional EFT In $0.00
Total amount in dollars by bill Non-cashable EFT Intal Number of Jackpot 3 $0.00
Total Bill in Dollar Amount

EFT Out $0.00
acceptance.
Total # of $100 Total number of $100 bills accepted. AUDIT METERS-DETAIL
Total # of $500 Total number of $500 bills accepted. Item Description

Total amount of credits deductible
Total number of Cash Tickets Multiplied Win Deductible
Total # of Voucher In bonus.
accepted.
Total amount of credits non-
Multiplied Win Non-Deductible
Total dollar amount of Cash Tickets deductible bonus.
Voucher In
accepted. Total amount of credits deductible
System Award Deductible
System Award.
Total number of Cash Tickets printed
Total # of Voucher Out Total amount of credits non-
out. System Award Non-Deductible
deductible System Award.
Total amount of Cash Tickets printed
Voucher Out System Award Wager Match
Total amount of credits Wager Match
out. System Award.
Total number of Promotional Coupons Cashable EFT In Total amount of credits cashable EFT.
Total # of Coupon Promotion In
accepted.
Total amount of credits promotional
Coupon Promotion In Total amount of Coupons accepted. Promotional EFT In
EFT.
Total number of Promotional Coupons Non-Cashable EFT In
Total amount of credits non-cashable
Total # of Coupon Promotion Out EFT.
printed out.
Total amount of credits forced
Total amount of Promotional Coupons EFT Out
cashout by host.
Coupon Promotion Out
printed out.
Total number of Cashable Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 7/20
Total # of Cashable Promotion In Displays the EFT data. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the
Promotional Tickets accepted.
CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE
Total amount of Cashable Promotional button moves to the next page and the SELECT 2 LINES button
Cashable Promotion In
Tickets accepted. returns to the previous page.
Displays the accounting information EFT data. The audit key
exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu,
the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the

Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Software Meters-Bill Meters-Page 8/20
Exit
Displays the history of bills and vouchers rejected use that
Return
occurred recently (date & time and amount of the last 16 bills
Electronic Funds Transfer In
Total
$0.00
Line #1 :
Next page
accepted). The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button
Wagering Account Transfer In $0.00
Wagering Account Transfer Out
Won Credits Transferred Out
$0.00 Line #2 :
Prev page
returns to the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to
Cashable Electronic Promotion In
Cashable Electronic Promotion Out
$0.00
$0.00 the next page and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
$0.00
Non-Cashable Electronic Promotion In $0.00

previous page.
Non-Cashable Electronic Promotion Out $0.00
tal Number of Jackpot 3 Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Electronic Funds Transferref to Ticket $0.00
Wagering Account Transferred to Ticket $0.00
Non-Cashable Electronic Promotion to Ticket $0.00 Exit
Total # of Coupon Promotion In Bill Meters page 8/20 Change :
Bonus Coins Won $0.00
Bonus Jackpots $0.00 Return
Since Stacker Installed Total Line #1 :
# of times Bill Rejected 0
# of times Voucher Rejected Next page
0
# of times Stacker Removed 0 Line #2 :
Prev page
Bill Log
Amount Date&Time
Total # of $201 $20.00 Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
2 $20.00 Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
3 $20.00 Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
4 $20.00 Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
AUDIT METERS-DETAIL
Item Description
Total amount of debit credits
Electronic Funds Transfer In
transferred in.
Total amount of In-House credits
Wagering Account Transfer In
transferred in.
Total amount of In-House credits BILL METERS
Wagering Account Transfer Out
transferred out.
Item Description
Total amount of won credits
Won Credits Transferred Out Number of times Bill Rejected since
transferred out. # of times Bill Rejected
stacker installed.
Total amount of In-House cashable
Cashable Electronic Promotion In Number of times Voucher Rejected
electronic promotional credits in. # of times Voucher Rejected
since stacker installed.
Total amount of In-House cashable
Cashable Electronic Promotion Out Number of times Stacker Removed
electronic promotional credits out. # of times Stacker Removed
since stacker installed.
Total amount of In-House non-
Non-Cashable Electronic Promotion In cashable electronic promotional Displays amount, date and time and
credits in. Last 16 Bills and Vouchers Validated validation number for the last 16 bill
and vouchers validated.
Non-Cashable Electronic Promotion
Out
cashable electronic promotional Software Meters-Voucher Log-Page 9/20
credits out.
Displays the voucher acceptance history (date & time and
Total amount of debit credits
amount of the latest 35 vouchers accepted). The audit key exits the
Electronic Funds Transfer to Ticket transferred in and paid out as a cash
ticket directly. K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the SELECT
Total amount of In-House credits
Wagering Account Transfer to Ticket transferred in and paid out as a cash 2 LINES button returns to the previous page.
ticket directly.
Non-Cashable Electronic Promotion to cashable promotional credits
Ticket transferred in and paid out as a cash
ticket directly.
Bonus Coins Won bonus transferred in through AFT
transfers and paid by the machine.
Bonus Jackpots bonus transferred in through AFT
transfers and paid by attendant.

Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Software Meters-Cash Ticket Log-Page 11/20
Exit
Displays the history of cash ticket that occurred recently
Voucher Log page 9/20 Change :
Return
(ticket #, date & time, $ amount of ticket paid and status for the last
Amount Date&Time Validation Number
Line #1 :
Next page
35 tickets). The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button
No Data Line #2 :
Prev page
the next page and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
previous page.
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Exit
Cash Ticket Log page 11/20 Change :
Return
$ Amount of Line #1 :
Ticket # Date & Time ticket paid Status
Next page
No Data Line #2 :
Prev page
VOUCHER LOG
Item Description
Date & Time Accepted date & time.
Amount Voucher Amount.
Validation Number Validation Number.
Software Meters-Cashout Log-Page 10/20 CASH TICKET LOG

Displays the history of cashout that occurred recently
Item Description
(cashout date & time, $ amount paid of the last 16 cashouts). The
audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the Ticket # Ticket number.
previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page
and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page. Date & Time Printed date and time.
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
SOFTWARE METERS Audit Key : $ Amount of ticket paid Total amount of ticket paid in Dollar.
Exit
Cashout Log page 10/20 Change :
Return Status Print status.
Line #1 :
Date&Time Total Cashout Amount
Next page
No Data Line #2 :
Prev page
Software Meters-Jackpot Receipt Log-Page 12/20
Displays the history of Jackpot Receipt that printed recently
(ticket #, date & time, $ amount of jackpot paid, status and
validation of the last 25 jackpot receipts). The audit key exits the
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the SELECT
2 LINES button returns to the previous page.
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Exit
Jackpot Receipt Log page 12/20 Change :
Return
$ Amount of Line #1 :
Ticket # Date & Time jackpot paid Status
Next page
No Data Line #2 :
Prev page
CASHOUT LOG
Item Description
Date & Time Cashout time.
Total Amount Total cashout amount.

Software Meters-System Bonus Log-Page 14/20
JACKPOT RECEIPT LOG Displays the history of system bonus that occurred recently
(Type, date & time, type, Transfer Credits, status). The audit key
Item Description exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu,
the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the
Ticket # Ticket number.
Date & Time Printed date and time. Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Exit
Total amount of jackpot paid in System Bonus Log page 14/20 Change :
$ Amount of ticket paid Return
Dollar. Line #1 :
Date & Time Type Credits
Next page
No Data Line #2 :
Status Print status. Prev page
Software Meters-EFT Log-Page 13/20

Displays the history of EFT (Electronic Funds Transfer) that
occurred recently (Type, date & time, Request Credits, Transfer
Credits, status). The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button
moves to the next page and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns
to the previous page.
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Exit
EFT Log page 13/20 Change :
Return
Line #1 :
SYSTEM BONUS LOG

Date & Time Type Credits
Next page
No Data Line #2 :
Prev page
Item Description
Date and time system bonus
Date & Time
awarded.
Type Type of system bonus credits.
Credits Total amount of transferred credits.
Software Meters-Progressive Jackpot Log-Page15/20

Displays the history of progressive jackpot that occurred
recently (Date & time, progressive level and amount paid). The audit
EFT LOG menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the
Item Description Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Exit
Date & Time Requested time. Progressive Jackpot Log page 15/20 Change :
Return
Line #1 :
Request Credits Total amount of requested credits. Date & Time Level Amount Paid
Next page
No Data Line #2 :
Prev page
Transfer Credits Total amount of transferred credits.
Direction of credits flow.

To Host: > Credits are transferred to
Type the host.
Cash in: > Credits are transferred to
the EGM.

Software Meters-Game Meters-Detail-Page 17/20
PROGRESSIVE JACKPOT LOG Displays the accounting details of the particular game. The
audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the
Item Description previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page
and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page.
Date and time progressive
Date & Time Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
awarded. SOFTWARE METERS Audit Key
Key: :
Exit Exit
Game Meters-Detail page 17/20 Change
Change: :
Level Progressive level awarded. DAYS OFF KILAM58US Return
Return
Line #1
#1: :
Total # of Bill Total NextNext
pagepage
Amount Paid Amount of progressive paid. 1 Line Play Game
3 Line Play Game
0
0 Line #2
#2: :
5 Line Play Game 0 PrevPrev
pagepage
7 Line Play Game 0
10 Line Play Game 0
Software Meters-Game Meters-General-Page 16/20 1 - 5 Bet Line Play Game

6 - 10 Bet Line Play Game
0
0
0
11 - 15 Bet Line Play Game 0
Displays the play data on each game installed. The audit key 16 - 20 Bet Line Play Game
0
0
exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, 26 - 30 Bet Line Play Game
0
0
31 - 35 Bet Line Play Game 0
the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page and the 36 - 40 Bet Line Play Game
0
0
SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page. 46 - 50 Bet Line Play Game 0
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Exit
Game Meters-General page 16/20 Change :
Return
$0.01 Game Statistics $0.10 Game Statistics Line #1 :
Games Played 0 Games Played 0 Next page
Games Won 0 Games Won 0
Total In $0.00 Total In $0.00 Line #2 :
Total Out $0.00 Total Out $0.00 Prev page
Jackpots $0.00 Jackpots $0.00
Percentage 0.00% Percentage 0.00%
Weighted Weighted
Average Percentage 0.00% Average Percentage 0.00%
$0.02 Game Statistics $0.25 Game Statistics

GAME METERS-DETAIL
Games Played 0 Games Played 0
Games Won
Total In
0
$0.00
Games Won
Total In
0
$0.00 Item Description
Total Out $0.00 Total Out $0.00
Jackpots $0.00 Jackpots $0.00
Percentage
Weighted
0.00% Percentage
Weighted
0.00% 1 Line Play Game Total games played by 1 line.
Average Percentage 0.00% Average Percentage 0.00%
3 Line Play Game Total games played by 3 line.
$0.05 Game Statistics $1.00 Game Statistics
Games Played 0 Games Played 0
Games Won 0 Games Won 0 5 Line Play Game Total games played by 5 line.
Total In $0.00 Total In $0.00
Total Out $0.00 Total Out $0.00
Jackpots $0.00 Jackpots $0.00 7 Line Play Game Total games played by 7 line.
Percentage 0.00% Percentage 0.00%
Weighted Weighted
Average Percentage 0.00% Average Percentage 0.00% 10 Line Play Game Total games played by 10 line.
Total games played with 1 to5 coins
1-5 Bet Play Game
bet.
GAME METERS-GENERAL
Total games played with 6 to10 coins
6-10 Bet Play Game
Item Description bet.
Total number of games played for Total games played with 11 to15
Games Played 11-15 Bet Play Game
each denomination. coins bet.
Total number of games won for each Total games played with 16 to20
Games Won 16-20 Bet Play Game
denomination. coins bet.
Total dollar amount in for each Total games played with 21 to25
Total In 21-25 Bet Play Game
Total dollar amount out for each Total games played with 26 to30
Total Out 26-30 Bet Play Game
Total dollar amount jackpot for each Total games played with 31 to35
Jackpots 31-35 Bet Play Game
Total expected payback percentage Total games played with 36 to40

Percentage 36-40 Bet Play Game
for each denomination. coins bet.
Total actual payback percentage for Total games played with 41 to45
Weighted Average Percentage 41-45 Bet Play Game
each denomination. coins bet.
Total games played with 46 to50
46-50 Bet Play Game
coins bet.

Software Meters-Game Meters-Detail-Page 18/20 Game Recall
Displays the accounting details of the particular game. The GAME RECALL
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Audit Key
Key: :
audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the GAME NAME King's Legend Game 1 / 30 Page 1/ 2
Change
Change: :
Exit Exit
previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next page GAME COMPLETED
DENOMINATION
May /06/2005 14 : 24 : 32
$0.05
Line #1
#1: :
Return
Return
TOTAL BET $2.50
and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous page. TOTAL MACHINE PAID
TOTAL ATTENDANT PAID
$17.50
$0.00 Line #2
#2: :
NextNext
pagepage
PrevPrev
pagepage
NOTE: This meter is game specific and will change according Line #3 :
Inc(+)
to the installed game. Illustration is for the game “King’s Legend” PLAY LINES
BET PER LINE
1 - 10
5 CREDIT(S)
Line #4 :
and is used for example only. TOTAL BET 50 CREDIT(S)

Dec(-)
PAYTABLE WON $17.50

PROGRESSIVE JACKPOT $0.00
JACKPOT PRIZE $0.00
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 REGULAR GAME WON $11.25
BONUS GAME WON $6.25
SOFTWARE METERS Audit Key
Key: : TOTAL BONUS GAMES COMPLETED 5 GAMES
Exit Exit
Game Meters-Detail page 18/20 Change
Change: :
KING'S LEGEND KILAM58US Return
Return
Line #1
#1: :
Total # of Bill Total NextNext
pagepage
5 X King Arthur 0
4 X King Arthur 0 Line #2
#2: :
3 X King Arthur 0 PrevPrev
pagepage
2 X King Arthur 0
1 X King Arthur 0
5 X Goblet 0
4 X Goblet 0
3 X Goblet 0
2 X Goblet 0 SYSTEM BONUS AWARDS AND MYSTERY JACKPOTS CAN BE FOUND
5 X Castle 0 IN AUDIT LOG
4 X Castle 0
3 X Castle 0
2 X Castle
5 X Shield
4 X Shield
0
0
0
Checks the game history. Displays the summary of the other
3 X Shield
2 X Shield
0
0 screens. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button
returns to the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button displays
5 X Lady 0
4 X Lady 0
the next game the SELECT 2 LINES button displays the previous
game, the SELECT 3 LINE button selects next page and the
SELECT 4 LINES button selects the previous page. Press the
SELECT 3 LINES button to go to the next page. The following
screen displays.
The next two screens are a continuation of the game detail Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
GAME RECALL
screen shown above. Press the CHANGE button to return to the Audit Key
Key: :
Exit Exit
GAME NAME King's Legend Game 1 / 30 Page 2/ 2
previous menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the GAME COMPLETED May /06/2005 14 : 24 : 32
Change
Change: :
Return
Return
GAME RECALL field. The following screen displays. CREDITS
DENOMINATION
$657.05
$0.05
Line #1
#1: :
NextNext
pagepage
TOTAL BET 50 CREDIT(S)
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 Line #2
#2: :
KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : PrevPrev
pagepage
Exit TOTAL WON 0 Line #3 :
[ 34] [ 16] [ 49] [ 37] [ 20] Inc(+)
Change
Return 4 4 Line #4 :
Software Meters Line #1 :
2
8 J K J K J 2
9
Dec(-)
Game Recall Next Item 10 10
K Q J Q K
Event Line #2 : 7 7
Options Prev Item 1 1
Diagnostic Line #3 : 6 6
9 8
Clock & Misc
Out of Service
Select
3
5
Q K Q J Q 3
5
Exit the KMS. 0 FREE GAME(S) REMAINING

FREE GAME MULTIPLIER 5X
0 FEATURE (S) REMAINING
TOTAL BONUS GAME WON 125
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button displays the next
game the SELECT 2 LINES button displays the previous game, the
SELECT 3 LINE button selects next page and the SELECT 4
Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The LINES button selects the previous page. Press the CHANGE
following screen displays button to return to the main K.M.S. menu. Press the SELECT 1
LINE button to tab to the EVENT menu. The following screen
displays.

Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Event Meter
KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key :
Exit
Checks a list of the dates and times and the factors of
Change :
Return
Events that occurred recently. The audit key exits the K.M.S. and
Software Meters
Game Recall
Line #1 :
Next Item
the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. For the details
Event
Options
Line #2 :
Prev Item
of event list, refer to the Troubleshooting section in this manual.
Diagnostic Line #3 :
Clock & Misc Select Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Out of Service EVENT MENU - EVENT METER Audit Key :
Exit
Exit the KMS. Change :
NAME TOTAL LAST OCCURED Return
POWER ON 15 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
MAIN DOOR OPEN 5 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
SUB DOOR OPEN 2 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
LOGIC DOOR OPEN 6 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
DROP DOOR OPEN 2 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
BILL DOOR OPEN 1 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
MAINT. DOOR OPEN 3 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
FILL BOX DOOR OPEN 1 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
TOP BOX DOOR OPEN 1 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
COIN IN ERROR 1 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
COIN OUT ERROR 1 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
DIVERTER MALFUNCTION 1 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
BILL STACKER REMOVED 1 Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55
Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The

following screen displays
Event
Use to access the event meter and event log. The audit key
exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, Press the CHANGE button to return to the previous menu.
the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to the next item and Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the EVENT LOG field.
the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous item and the
SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. Event Log
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Checks a list of the dates and times and the factors of Events
Exit
that occurred recently. For the details of event list, refer to Module 4
Change :
Return
(Troubleshooting).
Event Meter Line #1 :
Event Log Next Item
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
EVENT MENU - EVENT LOG Audit Key:
Line #2 :
Exit
Exit the KMS. Prev Item
p. 1/4 Change:
Line #3 :
DATE & TIME CODE DESCRIPTION NOTE Return
Select Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55 011 MAIN DOOR CLOSED
Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN Line #1:
Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55 011 MAIN DOOR CLOSED Next page
Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN Line #2:
Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55 011 MAIN DOOR CLOSED
Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN Prev page
Apr . /05 / 2000 14:55 010 MAIN DOOR OPEN
MAIN DOOR OPEN

The audit key exits the K.M.S. and the CHANGE button
returns to the previous menu. The SELECT 1 LINE button goes to
the next page and the SELECT 2 LINES button goes to the
previous page. For the details of event list, refer to the Trouble-
shooting section in this manual.
Press the CHANGE button to return to the previous menu.
Press the CHANGE button again to return to the main K.M.S.
menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the OPTIONS
field, The following screen displays.

Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Menu Description
Exit
The table below identifies the options currently available.
Change :

Return
OPTION MENU DESCRIPTION
Game Recall Next Item
Event
Options
Line #2 :
Prev Item
Menu Description
Diagnostic Line #3 :
Clock & Misc Select Coin Acceptor Option Sets the coin acceptor type and the
Out of Service
coin drop sensor on or off.
Exit the KMS.
Bill Validator Option Sets the bill validator type, the
acceptance of bill denominations, the
redeem voucher and bill stacker
alarm.
Touch Screen Option Sets the touchscreen on or off.
Door Option Sets the coin drop door sensor on or
off.
EM Counter Option Sets the EM counters on or off.
Sound Option Sets the sound volume level.
Options Hopper Option Sets the hopper on or off.
Use to access the options. The audit key exits the K.M.S., Printer Option Sets the printer on or off, the type of
the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item and the SELECT printer used and the ticket out sound
2 LINES button returns to the previous item and the SELECT 3 on or off.
LINES enters the selection. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to System Option Sets the machine number, asset
enter the selection. The following screen displays. number, auto cashout, credit
intervention, allow partial pay, credit
limit, machine cashout limit, hopper
NOTE: Options can ONLY be changed when there are no cashout limit, hopper cashout limit 2,
credits on the machine. All of the input/output devices can be ticket limit, reset jackpot to credit
turned off separately from one another to keep a machine in meter, jackpot limit, reset jackpot
operation when that item fails and a replacement part is not on limit, player denomination, default
game denom., progressive denom.,
hand. Some options require the use of a LEVEL-0 EL Key. token denomination and residual
credit.
Setting Options On Line System Option Sets the comm port protocol,
address and lockup status for the
Checks and changes each Option setting. The audit key exits three comm ports. Sets the ticket
the K.M.S, the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The port, coupon port, validation
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next menu. The SELECT 2 schemeand print receipts on or off.
LINES button moves the cursor to the previous menu. The SELECT 3 Sets the machine control, EFT
control, system bonus control ports.
LINES button selects the item where the cursor is placed. Sets the progressive control and
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 mystery jackpot ports.
KONAMI
OPTIONSMAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key :
Change :
Exit
Progressive Option Sets the top award type, group ID,
Return max progressive levels and the
mystery jackpot type and threshold.
Coin Acceptor Option Line #1 :
Bill Validator Option Next Item
Touch Screen Option Line #2 :
Door Option Prev Item Game Option Sets the paytable percentage for
EM Counter Option
Sound Option
Line #3 :
Select
available denominations, the play line
Hopper Option max wager, the bet line max wager,
Printer Option
System Option the attract mode on or off, the attract
Online System Option mode sound level, the attract mode
Progressive Option
Game Option interval and the cash display
Accounting Denom Option
Accounting Denom Option Sets the denomination used for
Exit the KMS.
accounting.
Return to previous menu Returns to the previous menu.

Coin Acceptor Options Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - COIN ACCEPTOR OPTION Audit Key :
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Coin Acceptor Option MC40 Exit
OPTIONS - COIN ACCEPTOR OPTION Audit Key : Coin Drop Sensor Off Change:
Attendant Pay
Coin Acceptor Option MC40 Exit Return
Change to default settings.
Coin Drop Sensor Off Change: Save changes to backup. Line #1 :
Attendant Pay
Return Next status
Save changes to backup. Line #1 : Line #2 :
Next Item Prev status
Line #2 :
Prev Item
Line #3 :
Select
The COIN ACCEPTOR OPTION field is highlighted. Press the the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen status and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous
displays. status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the coin acceptor
options screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the
COIN ACCEPTOR OPTION OPTIONS menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the BILL
Option Description VALIDATOR OPTION field. The following screen displays.
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Coin Acceptor OFF: No coin acceptor is used. KONAMI
Exit
CN130: CN130 coin acceptor is used. Change :
MC40: MC40 coin acceptor is used. Coin Acceptor Option
Return
Line #1 :
MC40WB: MC40WB coin acceptor is Bill Validator Option Next Item
used. Touch Screen Option
Door Option
Line #2 :
Prev Item
EM Counter Option Line #3 :
Coin Drop Sensor OFF: Coin drop sensor is disabled. Sound Option Select
ON: Coin drop sensor is enabled. Hopper Option
Printer Option
System Option
Online System Option
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - COIN ACCEPTOR OPTION Progressive Option
Audit Key :
Game Option
Coin Acceptor Option MC40 Exit
Coin Drop Sensor Off Accounting Denom Option
Change:
Attendant Pay
Return
Change to default settings. Exit the KMS.
Save changes to backup. Line #1 :
Next status
Line #2 :
Prev status
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next
item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous item and
the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. Press the SELECT 3
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
status and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous
status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the coin acceptor option
screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COIN DROP
SENSOR field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the
selection. The following screen displays.

Bill Validator Options Setting Bill Validator Option-Bill Validator Type
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION Audit Key : OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION Audit Key :
Bill Validator JCM WBA Exit Exit
Bill Validator JCM WBA
Accept Bill $1 On Change: Accept Bill $1 On Change:
Accept Bill $2 Off Accept Bill $2 Off
Return Return
Accept Bill $5 On Accept Bill $5 On
Accept Bill $10 On Line #1 : Line #1 :
Accept Bill $10 On
Accept Bill $20 On Next item Accept Bill $20 On
On
Next status
Accept Bill $50 Accept Bill $50 On
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Accept Bill $100 On Accept Bill $100 On
Accept Bill $500 Off Prev item Prev status
Accept Bill $500 Off
Redeem Voucher On Line #3 : Redeem Voucher On
Bill Stacker Alarm Off Bill Stacker Alarm Off
Select
Change to default settings. Change to default settings.
Save changes to backup. Save changes to backup.
When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the
BILL VALIDATOR OPTION K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the
Option Description SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
LINES button selects the previous status. To set the bill validator option
Bill Validator OFF: Bill validator not used.
JCM WBA: JCM-WBA used. to MARS ZT, press the SELECT 1 LINE button twice to change the
Mars ZT: Mars ZT used. status to MARS ZT. Press the CHANGE button to return to the bill
Accept Bill $1 OFF: Rejected. validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to
ON: $1 bill accepted. the ACCEPT BILL $1 field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to
Accept Bill $2 OFF: Rejected. enter the selection. The following screen displays.
ON: $2 bill accepted.
Accept Bill $5 OFF: Rejected. Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $1
ON: $5 bill accepted. Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION Audit Key :
Accept Bill $10 OFF: Rejected. Bill Validator MARS ZT Exit
Accept Bill $1 On Change:
ON: $10 bill accepted. Accept Bill $2
Accept Bill $5
Off
On
Return
Accept Bill $10 On Line #1 :
Accept Bill $20 OFF: Rejected. Accept Bill $20
Accept Bill $50
On
On
Next status

Line #2 :
Accept Bill $100 On
Accept Bill $500 Off Prev status
Redeem Voucher On
Accept Bill $50 OFF: Rejected. Bill Stacker Alarm Off
ON: $50 bill accepted. Change to default settings.

Save changes to backup.
Accept Bill $100 OFF: Rejected.

Accept Bill $500 OFF: Rejected.
Redeem Voucher OFF: Rejected.
ON: Accepted.
Bill Stacker Alarm OFF: Call Attendant action not taken.
(Game by coin permitted)
ON: Call Attendant action taken.
Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The NOTE: For Canadian operation (using the WBA-23), the
following screen displays. option for $1 MUST be set to disable. Failure to set the
option to disable will result in error code lockup of the
machine.
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of
accept bill $1 to ON, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill
validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to

Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $10
the ACCEPT BILL $2 field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to
enter the selection. The following screen displays. OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key :
Bill Validator MARS ZT Exit
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $2 Accept Bill $1

Accept Bill $2
Accept Bill $5
On
Off
On
Change:
Return
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Accept Bill $20 On Next status
Accept Bill $50 On
OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION Audit Key : Accept Bill $100 On
Line #2 :
Bill Validator MARS ZT Exit Accept Bill $500 Off Prev status
Accept Bill $1 On Change: Redeem Voucher On
Accept Bill $2 Off Bill Stacker Alarm Off
Return
Accept Bill $5 On
Accept Bill $10 On Line #1 : Change to default settings.
Accept Bill $20 On Next status Save changes to backup.
Accept Bill $50 On
Line #2 :
Accept Bill $100 On
Redeem Voucher On
Bill Stacker Alarm Off

When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the accept bill $10 to ON, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2 validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept to option of accept the ACCEPT BILL $20 field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to
bill $2 to OFF, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill validator enter the selection. The following screen displays.
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
ACCEPT BILL $5 field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $20
the selection. The following screen displays. OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key :
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $5 Accept Bill $2
Accept Bill $5
Accept Bill $10
Off
On
On Line #1 :
Return
Accept Bill $20 On Next status

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Accept Bill $50 On
Line #2 :
Accept Bill $100 On
OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION Audit Key : Off Prev status
Accept Bill $500
Bill Validator MARS ZT Exit Redeem Voucher On
Accept Bill $1 On Change: Bill Stacker Alarm Off
Accept Bill $2 Off
Return Change to default settings.
Accept Bill $5 On
Accept Bill $10 On Line #1 : Save changes to backup.
Accept Bill $50 On
Line #2 :
Accept Bill $100 On
Redeem Voucher On

When setting up the value of the option, he audit key exits the
When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the accept bill $50 to ON, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2 validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of the ACCEPT BILL $50 field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to
accept bill $5 to ON, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill enter the selection. The following screen displays.
validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to
the ACCEPT BILL $10 field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to
enter the selection. The following screen displays.

Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $50 Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $500
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION Audit Key :
Audit Key :
Exit Bill Validator MARS ZT Exit
Bill Validator MARS ZT
Accept Bill $1 On Change: Accept Bill $2 Off
Accept Bill $2 Off
Return Return
Accept Bill $5 On
Line #1 : Accept Bill $10 On
Accept Bill $10 On
Accept Bill $20 On Next status Accept Bill $50 On
Accept Bill $50 On
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Accept Bill $100 On
Accept Bill $100 On Prev status
Prev status Accept Bill $500 Off
Accept Bill $500 Off
Redeem Voucher On
Redeem Voucher On
When setting up the value of the option, he audit key exits the When setting up the value of the option, he audit key exits the
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2 SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of
accept bill $50 to ON, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill accept bill $500 to OFF, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill
validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to
the ACCEPT BILL $100 field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to the REDEEM VOUCHER field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to
enter the selection. The following screen displays. enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Setting Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $100 Setting Bill Validator Option-Redeem Voucher
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 OPTIONS - BILL VALIDATOR OPTION Audit Key :
Accept Bill $1 On Change: Accept Bill $2 Off
Accept Bill $2 Off Return
Return Accept Bill $5 On
Accept Bill $5 On Accept Bill $10 On Line #1 :
Accept Bill $20 On Next status Accept Bill $50 On
Line #2 : Accept Bill $100 On
Accept Bill $100 On Accept Bill $500 Off Prev status
Redeem Voucher On
Redeem Voucher On Bill Stacker Alarm Off
Change to default settings. Save changes to backup.
When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of
accept bill $100 to ON, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill redeem voucher ON, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill
validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to validator options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to
the ACCEPT BILL $500 field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to the BILL STACKER ALARM field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
enter the selection. The following screen displays. button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.

Setting Bill Validator Option-Bill Stacker Alarm Options -Touch Screen Option
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - TOUCH SCREEN OPTION Audit Key :
Accept Bill $1 On Touch Screen MicroTouch Exit
Change:
Accept Bill $2 Off Change:
Accept Bill $5 On Return
Accept Bill $10 On Line #1 : Save changes to backup.
Next status
Accept Bill $50 On Next item
Line #2 :
Redeem Voucher On Prev item
Bill Stacker Alarm Off Line #3
Select
When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the The TOUCHSCREEN field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of bill Setting Touch Screen Option On/Off
stacker alarm off, press the CHANGE button to return to the bill
validator options screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - TOUCH SCREEN OPTION
the main OPTIONS menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to
Audit Key :
Touch Screen MicroTouch Exit
the TOUCH SCREEN OPTION field. The following screen displays.

Change:
Change to default settings. Return
Line #1 :
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 Next status
KONAMI
OPTIONSMAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : Line #2 :
Exit Prev status
Change :
Return
Bill Validator Option Next item
Door Option Prev item
Sound Option Select
Hopper Option
Printer Option
System Option
Progressive Option
Game Option
Exit the KMS.
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of
moves the cursor to the next item and the SELECT 2 LINES button microtouch, press the CHANGE button to return to the touchscreen
returns to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the options screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the main
selection. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. OPTIONS menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
The following screen displays. DOOR OPTION field. The following screen displays.

Options-Door Option Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - DOOR OPTION Audit Key :
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
KONAMI
OPTIONSMAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : Main Door On Exit
Sub Door On Change:
Exit
Bill Door On
Change : Return
Logic Door On
Return Coin Drop Door Off Line #1 :
Top Box Door On Next item
Bill Validator Option Next item Line #2 :
Touch Screen Option Line #2 : Save changes to backup. Prev item
Door Option Prev item Line #3 :
EM Counter Option Line #3 : Select
Sound Option Select
Hopper Option
Printer Option
System Option
Progressive Option
Game Option
Exit the KMS.
Setting Coin Drop Door Option

The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button The COIN DROP DOOR field is highlighted. Press the
moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. Press screen displays.
the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
screen displays. OPTIONS - DOOR OPTION Audit Key :
Exit
Main Door On
Sub Door On Change:
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Bill Door On
OPTIONS - DOOR OPTION Audit Key : Return
Logic Door On
Exit Coin Drop Door Off Line #1 :
Main Door On
Sub Door On Top Box Door On Next status
Change:
Bill Door On Line #2 :
Logic Door On
Line #1 : Save changes to backup. Prev status
Coin Drop Door Off
Top Box Door On Next item
Line #2 :
Save changes to backup. Prev item
Line #3 :
Select
NOTE: The door options are preset at the factory to “ON” SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
(excepting the coin drop door option). LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of coin
drop door off, press the CHANGE button to return to the door options
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the main
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to OPTIONS menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the EM
the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the previous COUNTER OPTION field. The following screen displays.
item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. Press the
SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COIN DROP DOOR field. Press
the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following
screen displays.

Options-EM Counter Option Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) - EM COUNTER OPTION Audit Key :
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 Exit
EM Counter 1 (Total In) On
KONAMI
OPTIONSMAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : EM Counter 2 (Total Out) On Change :
Exit EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) On
Return
Change : EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) On
EM Counter 5 (Total Bills In) On Line #1 :
Return EM Counter 6 Off Next item
Coin Acceptor Option Line #1 : EM Counter 7 Off
Line #2 :
Bill Validator Option EM Counter 8 Off
Next item Prev item
EM Counter 9 Off
Touch Screen Option Line #2 : EM Counter 10 Off Line #3 :
Door Option Prev item EM Counter Access On
Select
Sound Option Select Save changes to backup.
Hopper Option
Printer Option
System Option
Progressive Option
Game Option
Exit the KMS.
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to
moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection.
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. Press Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The
the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The EM following screen displays.
COUNTER field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to
enter the selection. The following screen displays. Setting EM Counter 1 (Total In)
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
EM COUNTER OPTION
EM Counter 1 (Total In) On Exit
EM Counter 2 (Total Out) On Change :
Option Description
EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) On
Return
EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) On
EM Counter 6 Off Next status
EM counter 1 (Total In) OFF: Not used. EM Counter 7
EM Counter 8
Off
Off
Line #2 :
Prev status
ON: Active
EM Counter 9 Off
EM Counter 10 Off
EM Counter Access On
EM counter 2 (Total Out) OFF: Not used. Change to default settings.

ON: Active
EM counter 3 (Total Drop) OFF: Not used.
ON: Active
EM counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) OFF: Not used.
ON: Active
EM counter 5 (Total Bill) OFF: Not used.
ON: Active
EM counter 6 OFF: Not used.
ON: Active
EM counter 7 OFF: Not used. When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the
ON: Active
EM counter 8 OFF: Not used. SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
ON: Active
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of EM
EM counter 9 OFF: Not used. counter 1 to on, press the CHANGE button to return to the EM counter
ON: Active
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the EM
EM counter 10 OFF: Not used. COUNTER 2 (TOTAL OUT) field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button
ON: Active
to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
EM counter Access OFF: EM COUNTER EXISTS not
checked.
ON: EM COUNTER EXISTS checked.
NOTE: EM Counters 6-10 are reserved for future use and

should be set to OFF. Failure to set these options to OFF
will result in an error code lockup of the machine.

Setting EM Counter 2 (Total Out) Setting EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay)
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) - EM COUNTER OPTION
Audit Key :
EM Counter 2 (Total Out) On Change :
EM Counter 2 (Total Out) On Change : EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) On
EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) On Return
Return EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) On
EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) On EM Counter 5 (Total Bills In) On Line #1 :
EM Counter 6 Off Next status
EM Counter 6 Off Next status EM Counter 7 Off
EM Counter 7 Off Line #2 :
Line #2 : EM Counter 8 Off
EM Counter 8 Off EM Counter 9 Off Prev status
EM Counter 9 Off Prev status
EM Counter 10 Off
EM Counter 10 Off EM Counter Access On
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of EM LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of EM
counter 2 to on, press the CHANGE button to return to the EM counter counter 4 to on, press the CHANGE button to return to the EM counter
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the EM options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the EM
COUNTER 3 (TOTAL DROP) field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES COUNTER 5 (TOTAL BILLS IN) field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Setting EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) Setting EM Counter 5 (Total Bills In)

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) - EM COUNTER OPTION Audit Key : Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
EM Counter 2 (Total Out) On EM Counter 1 (Total In) On Exit
Change :
EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) On EM Counter 2 (Total Out) On Change :
Return EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) On
EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) On Return
EM Counter 5 (Total Bills In) On Line #1 : EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) On
EM Counter 6 Off EM Counter 5 (Total Bills In) On Line #1 :
Next status
EM Counter 7 Off EM Counter 6 Off Next status
Line #2 : EM Counter 7 Off
EM Counter 8 Off Line #2 :
EM Counter 9 Off Prev status EM Counter 8 Off
EM Counter 10 Off EM Counter 9 Off Prev status
EM Counter Access On EM Counter 10 Off
Save changes to backup. Change to default settings.
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of EM LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of EM
counter 3 to on, press the CHANGE button to return to the EM counter counter 5 to on, press the CHANGE button to return to the EM counter
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the EM options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the EM
COUNTER 4 (JACKPOT ATTENDANT PAY) field. Press the SELECT COUNTER ACCESS field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to
3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. enter the selection. The following screen displays.
NOTE: EM counters 6-10 are reserved for future use and
should be set to “OFF”.

Setting EM Counter Access Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 OPTIONS - SOUND OPTION Audit Key :
KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) - EM COUNTER OPTION Audit Key : Volume Level (0:Silent - 15:Loud) 6 Exit
EM Counter 1 (Total In) On Exit Change :
EM Counter 2 (Total Out) On Change : Save changes to backup.
EM Counter 3 (Total Drop) On Line #1 :
Return
EM Counter 4 (Jackpot Attendant Pay) On
EM Counter 5 (Total Bills In) On Line #1 : Next item
EM Counter 6 Off Next status Line #2 :
EM Counter 7 Off Prev item
Line #2 :
EM Counter 8 Off
EM Counter 9 Off Prev status Line #3 :
EM Counter 10 Off Select

The VOLUME LEVEL field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3

When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2 Setting Sound Volume
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of EM
counter access to on, press the CHANGE button to return to the EM Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - SOUND OPTION Audit Key :
counter options screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to Volume Level (0:Silent - 15:Loud) 6 Exit
the main options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to
Change :
the SOUND OPTION field. The following screen displays.

Line #1 :
Increase(+)
Line #2 :
Decrease(-)
Sound Option
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
KONAMI
Exit
Change :
Return
Bill Validator Option Next item
Door Option Prev item
Sound Option Select
Hopper Option
Printer Option
System Option
Progressive Option
Game Option
Exit the KMS.
SELECT 1 LINE button increments the selection once for each time
pressed and the SELECT 2 LINES button decrements the selection
once for each time pressed. Press the CHANGE button to return to the
sound options screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button the HOPPER OPTION field. The following screen displays.
moves to the next item and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to
the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection.
The SOUND OPTION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3

Hopper Option
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the
KONAMI
Exit SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
Change :
Return
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the option of
Coin Acceptor Option
Bill Validator Option
Line #1 :
Next Item
hopper “ON”, press the CHANGE button to return to the hopper
Touch Screen Option
Door Option
Line #2 :
Prev Item
options screen. Press the CHANGE button to return to the main
EM Counter Option
Sound Option
Line #3 :
Select
hopper option menu. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the
Hopper Option
Printer Option
main options menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
System Option
PRINTER OPTION field. The following screen displays.
Progressive Option
Game Option
Printer Option
Exit the KMS.
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
KONAMI
Exit
Change :
Return
Door Option Prev Item
Sound Option Select
Hopper Option
The HOPPER OPTION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT Printer Option
System Option
3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. Online System Option
Progressive Option
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Game Option
OPTIONS - HOPPER OPTION Audit Key : Accounting Denom Option
Hopper On Exit
Change : Exit the KMS.
Line #1 :
Next item
Line #2 :
Prev item
Line #3 :
Select
The PRINTER OPTION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT

3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
PRINTER OPTION
Option Description
Printer On/Off OFF: Not used.
ON: Printer enabled.
Setting Hopper On/Off Printer Type OFF: Not used.
Seiko: Seiko Series PSA-66 ST
The HOPPER ON/OFF field is highlighted. Press the SELECT used.
3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. Ithaca: Ithaca printer used.
OPTIONS - HOPPER OPTION

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Ticket-out Sound OFF: No ticket out sound while ticket
Audit Key :
Hopper On Exit printing.
Change :
Return
ON: Play Ticket sound when the
Line #1 : ticket is printing.
Next status
Line #2 :
Prev status
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - PRINTER OPTION Audit Key : OPTIONS - PRINTER OPTION Audit Key :
Printer On/Off Off Exit Printer On/Off On Exit
Printer Type Seiko Change : Printer Type Seiko Change :
Ticket-Out Sound On Ticket-Out Sound On
Return Return
Change to default settings. Line #1 : Change to default settings. Line #1 :
Save changes to backup. Next item Save changes to backup. Next status
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Prev item Prev status
Line #3 : Line #3 :
Select Select
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button
moves to the next item and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to moves to the next item and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to
the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection.
The PRINTER ON/OFF field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 The PRINTER TYPE field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Setting Printer ON/OFF Setting Printer Type

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 OPTIONS - PRINTER OPTION Audit Key :
OPTIONS - PRINTER OPTION Audit Key :
Printer On/Off On Exit
Printer On/Off Off Exit
Printer Type Seiko Change :
Printer Type Seiko Change : Ticket-Out Sound On
Ticket-Out Sound On Return
Return
Change to default settings. Line #1 :
Save changes to backup. Next status
Save changes to backup. Next status
Line #2 :
Line #2 :
Prev status
Prev status
LINES button selects the previous status. To set the option of printer to LINES button selects the previous status. To set the type of printer to
on, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the status to on. Ithaca, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the status. Press
Press the CHANGE button to return to the main hopper options the CHANGE button to return to the main printer options screen. Press
screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the PRINTER the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the TICKET-OUT SOUND field.
TYPE field. The following screen displays. The following screen displays.

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
System Option
OPTIONS - PRINTER OPTION Audit Key : Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
Printer On/Off On Exit KONAMI
Printer Type Ithaca Change : Exit
Ticket-Out Sound On
Return Change :
Change to default settings. Line #1 : Return
Save changes to backup. Next status Coin Acceptor Option Line #1 :
Line #2 : Bill Validator Option Next Item
Prev status Touch Screen Option Line #2 :
Line #3 : Door Option Prev Item
Select EM Counter Option Line #3 :
Sound Option Select
Hopper Option
Printer Option
System Option
Progressive Option
Game Option
Exit the KMS.
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button The SYSTEM OPTION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT
moves to the next item and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection.
The TICKET-OUT SOUND field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. SYSTEM OPTION
Option Description
Setting Ticket-Out Sound
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Machine Number Machine Serial Number.
OPTIONS - PRINTER OPTION Audit Key :
Printer On/Off On Exit Asset Number Assert number of this machine.
Printer Type Ithaca Change :
Ticket-Out Sound On
Return Auto Cashout OFF: Disabled.
Line #1 :
Save changes to backup. Next status ON: Enabled.When enabled with
Line #2 : credits on the credit meter and the
Prev status
Line #3 : machine is made disabled by host,
Select
the machine cashes out automatically.
Credit Intervention OFF: Disabled.
Credit up Only: Credit up is skipped
by the intervention of the switch.
Quick Play: Credit count skipped by
pushing intervention key and next
game starts automatically.
Allow Partial Pay In Cashout, the machine will use
hopper and/or ticket as cashout
devices. If cashout amount is lager
than cashout limit of each device and
this option is enabled, the machine
will cash out the amount with the
device up to its limit. If disabled, the
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the machine will not use the device.
Credit Limit Maximum credit amount the machine
LINES button selects the previous status. To accept the default ticket- can hold in the credit meter.
out sound to “ON”, press the CHANGE button to return to the main
Machine Cashout Limt Maximum payout for all devices.
printer options screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to
Hopper Cash-out Limit Maximum number of coins the
machine can cash out in one cashout.
the SYSTEM OPTION field. The following screen displays. The game will pay credits up to this
limit and pay remaining credits by
ticket (no limit). If this option is set at
0, the game will cash out player's
credits by ticket.

System Options-Machine Number
SYSTEM OPTION Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Exit
Option Description Machine Number
Asset Number
000000000
000000000 Change :
Return
Auto Cashout Off
Ho p p e r Cas h-o ut Limit 2 Max imum numb e r o f c re d it in c o ins Credit Intervention Quick Play
Line #1 :
Next item
the ho p p e r will p ay in a tic ke t s ys te m Allow Partial Pay Off Line #2 :
Credit Limit $3000
d o wn c o nd itio n. The g ame will p ay Machine Cashout Limit $1200
Prev item
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 :
c re d its up to this limit and p ay Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Select
Ticket Limit $0500
re maining c re d its b y hand p ay Reset Jackpot to Credit Meter Off
Jackpot Limit $1200
(atte nd ant p ay). Reset Jackpot Limit $2000
Player denomination
Re s e t J ac kp o t to Cre d it Me te r OFF: Dis ab le d . $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
ON: Enab le d . Whe n J ac kp o t o ve r Off Off Off Off Off Off
Default Game Denom. $0.05
IRS J ac kp o t limit o c c urs , the mac hine Progressive Denom. $0.05
Token denomination $0.05
lo c ks up . If this o p tio n is e nab le d , the Residual Credit Attendant Pay
mac hine will p ay the J ac kp o t to c re d it Change to default settings.

me te r ins te ad o f hand p ay.
IRS Limit If a s ing le win re ac he s this amo unt,
the mac hine lo c ks up fo r jac kp o t
hand p ay (typ ic ally $1200.00).
Re s e t J ac kp o t Limit Any s ing le win o ve r this limit is no t
e lig ib le fo r re s e tting jac kp o t to c re d it The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button
me te r.
moves to the next item and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to
Playe r De no minatio n Mac hine De no minatio n s e tting (5¢, the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection.
25¢, 50¢, $1, $2, $5 ). Two o r mo re
d e no minatio ns c an b e c o nfig ure d The MACHINE NUMBER field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
e ve n if To ke niz atio n o p tio n is s e t to LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
ON. To ke n d e no minatio n mus t b e
d ivis ib le b y all d e no minatio ns
e nab le d . The g ame will re p o rt Setting Machine Number
ac c o unting me te rs in units o f the Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
s malle s t e nab le d d e no minatio n to the
Exit
Machine Number 000000000
ho s t. If 5¢ and 25¢ are e nab le d , the Asset Number 000000000 Change :
g ame will re p o rt in units o f 5¢. If 2¢, Auto Cashout Off
Return
Credit Intervention Quick Play
Line #1 :
5¢, and 25¢ are e nab le d , the g ame Increase (+)
Allow Partial Pay Off
will re p o rt in units o f 1¢. Credit Limit $3000
Line #2 :
Machine Cashout Limit $1200
Decrease (-)
Line #3 :
De fault Game De no minatio n The g ame will s e le c t the d e fault Hopper Cash-out Limit
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2
0000
1000 Next figure
d e no minatio n as c urre nt g ame Ticket Limit
Reset Jackpot to Credit Meter
$0500
Off
d e no minatio n whe n an attrac t mo d e Jackpot Limit
Reset Jackpot Limit
$1200
$2000
s tarts . If attrac t mo d e is d is ab le d , the Player denomination
g ame will no t s e le c t the d e fault $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
Off Off Off Off Off Off
d e no minatio n auto matic ally. This Default Game Denom. $0.05
d e no minatio n MUST b e s e t to ON in Progressive Denom.
Token denomination
$0.05
$0.05
the p laye r d e no minatio n lis t. Residual Credit Attendant Pay

To ke niz atio n The g ame c an b e c o nfig ure d to Save changes to backup.
inc lud e a to ke niz atio n re s id ual c re d its

re mo val g ame (Mini-Game ). If this
o p tio n is s e t to ON, and the g ame
has c re d its le s s than the to ke n
d e no minatio n, the g ame o ffe rs a
re s id ual c re d its re mo val Mini-Game . When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the
To ke n De no minatio n Co in d e no minatio n is ac tually us e d in K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the
the mac hine . (5¢, 10¢, 25¢, 50¢, $1).
Re s id ual Cre d it Atte nd ant Pay: Re s id ual Cre d it p aid pressed and the SELECT 2 LINES button decrements the selection
b y atte nd ant.
Re s id ual Cre d it Game : The c re d it once for each time pressed. The SELECT 3 LINES button goes to
g ame s tarts whe n the re s id ual c re d its the next figure. To set the machine number to 000000001, press the
re main. SELECT 3 LINES button to tab to the last figure. Press the SELECT 1
Playe r Se le c tab le : Playe r c an s e le c t
the c re d it g ame whe n the re s id ual LINE button to increment the figure to 1. Press the CHANGE button to
c re d its re main. return to the system options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button
to tab to the ASSET NUMBER field. The following screen displays.
NOTE: Machine number is a nine character alphanumeric

string. The SELECT 1 LINE button will increment from 0 to 9
and then through the alphabet.

System Options-Asset Number System Options-Auto Cashout
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key : OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Exit Exit
Machine Number 000000001 Machine Number 000000001
Asset Number 000000000 Change : Asset Number 000000500 Change :
Return Return
Auto Cashout Off Auto Cashout Off
Line #1 : Credit Intervention Quick Play
Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Allow Partial Pay Off Line #2 : Allow Partial Pay Off Line #2 :
Credit Limit $3000 Credit Limit $3000
Prev item Machine Cashout Limit $1200
Prev item
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 : Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 :
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Select Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Select
Ticket Limit $0500 Ticket Limit $0500
Reset Jackpot to Credit Meter Off Reset Jackpot to Credit Meter Off
Jackpot Limit $1200 Jackpot Limit $1200
Reset Jackpot Limit $2000 Reset Jackpot Limit $2000
Player denomination Player denomination

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off
Default Game Denom. $0.05 Default Game Denom. $0.05
Progressive Denom. $0.05 Progressive Denom. $0.05
Token denomination $0.05 Token denomination $0.05
Residual Credit Attendant Pay Residual Credit Attendant Pay

moves to the next item and the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The
The ASSET NUMBER field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 AUTO CASHOUT field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
Setting Asset Number Setting Auto Cashout

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Auto Cashout Off Auto Cashout Off
Line #1 : Line #1 :
Increase (+) Next status
Decrease (-) Prev status
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 : Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Next figure Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00

SELECT 1 LINE button increments the selection once for each time SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
pressed and the SELECT 2 LINES button decrements the selection LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default auto
once for each time pressed. The SELECT 3 LINES button goes to the cashout to “ON”, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the
next figure. To set the machine number to 000000500, press the status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system options
SELECT 3 LINES button to tab to the seventh figure. Press the screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the CREDIT
SELECT 1 LINE button 5 times to increment the figure to 5. Press the INTERVENTION field. The following screen displays.
CHANGE button to return to the system options screen. Press the
SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the AUTO CASHOUT field. The
NOTE: Asset number is a nine character numeric string.

The SELECT 1 LINE button will increment from 0 to 9.

System Options-Credit Intervention System Options-Allow Partial Pay
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Auto Cashout On Auto Cashout On
Line #1 : Credit Intervention Credit Up Only
Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Prev item
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 : Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 :

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00

moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the moves the cursor to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The returns to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the
CREDIT INTERVENTION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 selection. The ALLOW PARTIAL PAY field is highlighted. Press the
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following
screen displays.
Setting Credit Intervention
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Setting Allow Partial Pay
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION
Machine Number 000000001 Audit Key :
Asset Number 000000500 Change :
Exit
Return Machine Number 000000001
Auto Cashout On Asset Number 000000500 Change :
Line #1 :
Return
Next status Auto Cashout On
Credit Intervention Credit Up Only
Line #1 :
Allow Partial Pay Off Line #2 :
Credit Limit $3000 Next status
Prev status Allow Partial Pay Off Line #2 :
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Credit Limit $3000
Prev status
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000
Ticket Limit $0500 Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000
Reset Jackpot to Credit Meter Off Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000
Jackpot Limit 1200 Ticket Limit $0500
Reset Jackpot Limit 2000 Reset Jackpot to Credit Meter Off
Jackpot Limit $1200
Player denomination Reset Jackpot Limit $2000
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 Player denomination
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
Default Game Denom. $0.05
Progressive Denom. $0.05
Token denomination $0.05 Default Game Denom. $0.05
Residual Credit Attendant Pay Progressive Denom. $0.05
Change to default settings. Residual Credit Attendant Pay
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2 K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the
LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default credit SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
intervention to credit up only, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default allow
change the status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system partial pay to “ON”, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system options
ALLOW PARTIAL PAY field. The following screen displays. screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the CREDIT
LIMIT field. The following screen displays.

System Options-Credit Limit System Options-Machine Cashout Limit
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 : Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Allow Partial Pay On Line #2 : Allow Partial Pay On Line #2 :
Prev item Prev item
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Select Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000
Ticket Limit $0500
Select
Ticket Limit $0500
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
moves the cursor to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button moves the cursor to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button
returns to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the returns to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the
selection. The CREDIT LIMIT field is highlighted. Press the selection. The HOPPER CASHOUT LIMIT field is highlighted. Press
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following
screen displays. screen displays.
Setting Credit Limit Setting Machine Cashout

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Increase (+) Increase (+)
Decrease (-) Machine Cashout Limit $1200
Decrease (-)
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 : Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Next figure Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Next figure

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00

SELECT 1 LINE button increments the selection once for each time SELECT 1 LINE button increments the selection once for each time
pressed and the SELECT 2 LINES button decrements the selection pressed and the SELECT 2 LINES button decrements the selection
once for each time pressed. The SELECT 3 LINES button goes to the once for each time pressed. The SELECT 3 LINES button goes to the
next figure. To accept the default value of $3000, press the CHANGE next figure. To accept the default value of $1200, press the CHANGE
button to return to the system options screen. Press the SELECT 1 button to return to the system options screen. Press the SELECT 1
LINE button to tab to the MACHINE CASHOUT LIMIT field. The LINE button to tab to the HOPPER CASHOUT LIMIT field. The
following screen displays. following screen displays.

System Options-Hopper Cashout Limit System Options-Hopper Cashout Limit 2
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Prev item
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Select
Select

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00

selection. The HOPPER CASHOUT LIMIT field is highlighted. selection. The HOPPER CASHOUT LIMIT 2 field is highlighted.
Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The
Setting Hopper Cashout Limit Setting Hopper Cashout Limit 2

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Asset Number 000000500 Change : Change :
Asset Number 000000500
Return Return
Line #1 : Line #1 :
Allow Partial Pay On Line #2 : Allow Partial Pay On
Credit Limit $3000
Line #2 :
Decrease (-) Credit Limit $3000
Machine Cashout Limit $1200 Machine Cashout Limit $1200
Decrease (-)
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Next figure Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000
Ticket Limit $0500 Next figure
Ticket Limit $0500
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
next figure. To accept the default value of 0000, press the CHANGE next figure. To accept the default value of 1000, press the CHANGE
LINE button to tab to the HOPPER CASHOUT LIMIT 2 field. The LINE button to tab to the TICKET LIMIT field. The following screen
following screen displays. displays.

System Options-Ticket Limit System Options-Reset Jackpot To Credit Meter
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 : Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Prev item Prev item

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00

selection. The TICKET LIMIT field is highlighted. Press the selection. The RESET JACKPOT TO CREDIT METER field is
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the
screen displays. selection. The following screen displays.
Setting Ticket Limit Setting Reset Jackpot To Credit Meter

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Increase (+) Next status
Allow Partial Pay On Allow Partial Pay On Line #2 :
Line #2 :
Prev status
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000
Next figure Ticket Limit $0500
Ticket Limit $0500
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00

SELECT 1 LINE button increments the selection once for each time SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
pressed and the SELECT 2 LINES button decrements the selection LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default reset
once for each time pressed. The SELECT 3 LINES button goes to the jackpot to credit meter to “ON”, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to
next figure. To accept the default value of 0500, press the CHANGE change the status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system
button to return to the system options screen. Press the SELECT 1 options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
LINE button to tab to the RESET JACKPOT TO CREDIT METER JACKPOT LIMIT field. The following screen displays.
field. The following screen displays.

System Options-Jackpot Limit System Options-Reset Jackpot Limit
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Asset Number 000000500 Change : Change :
Return Return
Line #1 : Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Allow Partial Pay On Line #2 : Allow Partial Pay On
Credit Limit $3000 Line #2 :
Prev item Credit Limit $3000
Machine Cashout Limit $1200 Machine Cashout Limit $1200
Prev item
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3 Line #3
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Select Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000
Ticket Limit $0500 Select
Ticket Limit $0500
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
selection. The JACKPOT LIMIT field is highlighted. Press the selection. The RESET JACKPOT LIMIT field is highlighted. Press
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following
screen displays. screen displays.
Setting Jackpot Limit Setting Reset Jackpot Limit

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Change : Asset Number 000000500 Change :
Return Return
Line #1 :
Line #2 : Credit Limit $3000
Credit Limit $3000 Decrease (-)
Line #3 Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Next figure
Next figure Ticket Limit $0500
Ticket Limit $0500
Jackpot Limit $1200 Jackpot Limit 1200
Reset Jackpot Limit $2000 Reset Jackpot Limit 2000
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00


next figure. To accept the default value of $1200, press the CHANGE next figure. To accept the default value of $2000, press the CHANGE
LINE button to tab to the RESET JACKPOT LIMIT field. The following LINE button to tab to the PLAYER DENOMINATION $0.01 field. The
screen displays. following screen displays.

System Options-Player Denomination $0.01 System Options-Player Denomination $0.02
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Prev item

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
Off Off Off Off Off Off On Off Off Off Off Off

selection. The PLAYER DENOMINATION $0.01 field is highlighted. selection. The PLAYER DENOMINATION $0.02 field is highlighted.
Setting Player Denomination $0.01 On/Off Setting Player Denomination $0.02 On/Off
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key : OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTIONS Audit Key :
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Next status Next status
Prev status Machine Cashout Limit $1200
Prev status
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
Off Off Off Off Off Off On Off Off Off Off Off

LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default player LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default player
denomination $0.01 to “ON”, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to denomination $0.02 to “ON”, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to
change the status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system change the status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
PLAYER DENOMINATION $0.02 field. The following screen displays. PLAYER DENOMINATION $0.05 field. The following screen displays.

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTIONS Audit Key : OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Credit Limit $3000 Prev item
Select Ticket Limit $0500
Ticket Limit $0500
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
On On Off Off Off Off On On On Off Off Off

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTIONS Audit Key : OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 : Line #1 :
Prev status

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
On On Off Off Off Off On On On Off Off Off

PLAYER DENOMINATION $0.10 field. The following screen displays. PLAYER DENOMINATION $0.25 field. The following screen displays.

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 : Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Prev item Prev item

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
On On On On Off Off On On On On On Off

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Line #2 :
Prev status
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
On On On On Off Off On On On On On Off

PLAYER DENOMINATION $1.00 field. The following screen displays. DEFAULT GAME DENOM. field. The following screen displays.

System Options-Default Game Denom. System Options-Progressive Denom.
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 : Line #1 :
Next item Next item
Prev item Prev item
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.05 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
On On On On Off On On On On On Off On
moves the cursor to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
returns to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The
selection. The DEFAULT GAME DENOM. field is highlighted. PROGRESSIVE DENOM. field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Setting Progressive Denom.
Setting Default Game Denom. OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key :
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Exit
OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION Machine Number 000000001
Audit Key : Change :
Exit Return
Machine Number 000000001
Asset Number 000000500 Change : Auto Cashout On
Line #1 :
Return Next status
Auto Cashout On
Line #1 : Allow Partial Pay On Line #2 :
Next status Credit Limit $3000
Prev status
Allow Partial Pay On Line #2 :
Credit Limit $3000 Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000
Prev status Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000
Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Ticket Limit $0500
Hopper Cash-out Limit 2 1000 Reset Jackpot to Credit Meter Off
Ticket Limit $0500 Jackpot Limit $1200
Reset Jackpot to Credit Meter Off Reset Jackpot Limit $2000
Jackpot Limit $1200
Reset Jackpot Limit $2000 Player denomination
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
Player denomination On On On On On On
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 Default Game Denom. $0.25
On On On On On On Progressive Denom. $0.05
Default Game Denom. $0.05 Token denomination $0.05
Progressive Denom. $0.05 Residual Credit Attendant Pay
Residual Credit Attendant Pay Change to default settings.
When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default
LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default progressive denomination to 25¢, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to
progressive denomination to 25¢, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the status to 25¢. Press the CHANGE button to return to the
change the status. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system system options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the TOKEN TOKEN DENOMINATION field. The following screen displays.
DENOMINATION field. The following screen displays.

System Options-Token Denomination System Options-Residual Credit
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION OPTIONS - SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Audit Key :
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Credit Intervention Credit Up Only Next item
Next item
Credit Limit $3000 Prev item
Line #3 Hopper Cash-out Limit 0000 Line #3
Select Ticket Limit $0500
Ticket Limit $0500
$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
On On On On Off On On On On On Off On


moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The
TOKEN DENOMINATION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 RESIDUAL CREDIT field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
Setting Token Denomination Setting Residual Credit

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit Exit
Return Return
Line #1 :
Prev status

$0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00 $0.01 $0.02 $0.05 $0.10 $0.25 $1.00
On On On On On On On On On On On On

LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default token LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default
denomination to 25¢, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the residual credit to residual credit game, press the SELECT 1 LINE
status to 25¢. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system button to change the status to residual credit game. Press the
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the CHANGE button to return to the system options screen. Press the
RESIDUAL CREDIT field. The following screen displays. CHANGE button again to return to the main options screen. Press the
SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the ONLINE SYSTEM OPTIONS

KONAMI
OPTIONSMAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS)
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION
Audit Key :
Exit
Change : Option Description
Return
Port number for EFT Control OFF: EFT Control function is not
Touch Screen Option Line #2 : used.
EM Counter Option Line #3 : Port1-3: The communication port
Sound Option Select which the machine can perform a host
Hopper Option
Printer Option command related EFT Control.
System Option
Online System Option System Bonus Control:Port number OFF: System Bonus Control function
Progressive Option
Game Option is not used.
Accounting Denom Option Port1-3: The communication port
Exit the KMS. which the machine can perform a host
command related System Bonus
Control.
Progressive Control:Progressive Port OFF: External progressive is not
available.
Port1-3: The communication port of
which the machine communicates with
Progressive controller.
The ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION field is highlighted. Press the
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen Progressive Control:Mystery Jackpot OFF: Mystery Jackpot is not avilable.
Port Port1-3: The communication port of
displays. which the machine communicate with
Mystery Jackpot controller.
ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION
Option Description Online System Option-Comm Port 1 Protocol
Port 1-3 Protocol OFF: This communication port is not OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key :
used. Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup Exit
SAS: Perform SAS communication Port1(CNB33)
Port2(CNB34)
Off
Off
000
000
On
On
Change :
Return
protocol. Port3(CNB32)
Tickets/Vouchers
Off 000 On
Line #1 :
SDS: Perform SDS communication

Ticket Port Off Next item
Coupon Port Off Line #2 :
protocol.
Validation scheme Enhanced
Print Receipts Off Prev item
Machine Control
MIKOHN: Perform MIKOHN
Line #3 :
Port number Off
EFT Control
Select
communication protocol. Port number
System Bonus Control
Off
Port number Off

Port 1-3 Address The machine address for each port. Progressive Control
Progressive Port Off
Mystery Jackpot Port Off
Lock Up OFF: Disabled. Change to default settings.
ON: Host can lock up Machine. Save changes to backup.
Tickets/Voucher:Ticket port OFF: Ticket validation function is not

used.
Port1-3: The communication port
which the machine can perform a host
command related ticket validation.
Tickets/Voucher:Coupon port OFF: Ticket validation function is not
used.
Port1-3: The communication port The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button
which the machine can perform a host moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
command related ticket validation. previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The
Tickets/Voucher:Validation scheme Enhanced: Use enhanced validation COMM PORT 1 PROTOCOL field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
mode. LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Host: Use host validation mode.
Tickets/Voucher:Print receipts OFF: Jackpot reset will not print
jackpot receipt.
ON: Jackpot reset will print jackpot
receipt.
Machine Control:Port number OFF: Machine Control function is not
used.
Port1-3: The communication port
which the machine can perform a host
command related Machine Control.

Setting Comm Port 1 Protocol Setting Comm Port 1 Address
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key : OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup Exit Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup Exit
Port1(CNB33) Off 000 On Change : Port1(CNB33) SAS 000 On Change :
Port2(CNB34) Off 000 On Port2(CNB34) Off 000 On
Return Return
Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 : Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 :
Ticket Port Off Next status Ticket Port Off Increase (+)
Coupon Port Off Coupon Port Off
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Validation scheme Enhanced Validation scheme Enhanced
Print Receipts Off Prev status Print Receipts Off Decrease (-)
Machine Control Machine Control Line #3 :
Port number Off Port number Off
EFT Control
Next figure
EFT Control
System Bonus Control System Bonus Control
Progressive Control Progressive Control
Progressive Port Off Progressive Port Off
Mystery Jackpot Port Off Mystery Jackpot Port Off

When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2 increments the selection once for each time pressed, the SELECT 2
LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default comm LINES button decrements the selection once for each time pressed
port 1 protocol, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the status and the SELECT 3 LINES button moves the cursor to the next figure.
to SAS. Press the CHANGE button to return to the online system To set the comm port address to 002, press the SELECT 3 LINES
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COMM button twice to go to the third figure, press the SELECT 1 LINE button
PORT 1 ADDRESS field. The following screen displays. twice to increment the figure to 2 then press the CHANGE button to
return to the online system options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE
On Line System Option-Comm Port 1 Address button to tab to the COMM PORT 1 LOCKUP field. Press the SELECT
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup Exit
On Line System Option-Comm Port 1 Lockup

Port1(CNB33) SAS 000 On Change :
Port2(CNB34) Off 000 On
Return
Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 :
Ticket Port Off Next item
Coupon Port Off
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Line #2 : OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Print Receipts Off Prev item Exit
Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup
Machine Control Line #3 : Port1(CNB33) SAS 002 On Change :
Port number Off Port2(CNB34) Off 000 On
EFT Control
Select Return
Port number Off Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 :
System Bonus Control Ticket Port Off
Port number
Next item
Off Coupon Port Off
Progressive Control Line #2 :
Progressive Port Off Print Receipts Off Prev item
Mystery Jackpot Port Off Machine Control Line #3 :
Port number Off
Change to default settings. EFT Control
Select
Save changes to backup. Port number Off
Port number Off
Progressive Control

moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The
COMM PORT 1 ADDRESS field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
COMM PORT 1 LOCKUP field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3

Setting Comm Port 1 Lockup Setting Comm Port 2 Protocol
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Audit Key :
Exit Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup Exit
Port1(CNB33) SAS 002 On Change : Port2(CNB34) Off 000 On
Return Return
Port3(CNB32) Off 000 On Line #1 :
Line #1 : Tickets/Vouchers
Tickets/Vouchers
Ticket Port Off Next status
Ticket Port Off Next status Coupon Port Off
Coupon Port Off Line #2 : Line #2 :
Validation scheme Enhanced Prev status
Prev status Print Receipts Off
Print Receipts Off
Machine Control
Machine Control
Port number Off
Port number Off
EFT Control
EFT Control
Port number Off
Port number Off
Port number Off
Port number Off
Progressive Control
Progressive Control
When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the
returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the
the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2
status. To accept the comm port lockup option to ON, press the LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default comm
CHANGE button to return to the online system options screen. Press port 2 protocol, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the status
the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COMM PORT 2 PROTOCOL to SAS. Press the CHANGE button to return to the online system
field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COMM
following screen displays. PORT 2 ADDRESS field. The following screen displays.
Online System Option-Comm Port 2 Protocol On Line System Option-Comm Port 2 Address
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Port1(CNB33) SAS 002 On Change : Port1(CNB33) SAS 002 On Change :
Return Port2(CNB34) SAS 000 On
Port3(CNB32) Off 000 On Return
Line #1 : Port3(CNB32) Off 000 On
Tickets/Vouchers
Ticket Port Off Next item Ticket Port Off Next item
Coupon Port Off Line #2 : Coupon Port Off
Validation scheme Enhanced Line #2 :
Prev item Validation scheme Enhanced
Print Receipts Off
Machine Control Line #3 : Machine Control Line #3 :
Port number Off
Select Port number Off
EFT Control
EFT Control
Select
Port number Off
Port number Off
Port number Off
Port number Off
Progressive Control
Progressive Control
moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The
COMM PORT 2 PROTOCOL field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 COMM PORT 2 ADDRESS field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.

Setting Comm Port 2 Address Setting Comm Port 2 Lockup
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup Exit Exit
Port2(CNB34) SAS 000 On Port2(CNB34) SAS 002 On
Return Return
Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 : Line #1 :
Tickets/Vouchers
Ticket Port Off Increase (+) Ticket Port Off Next status
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Print Receipts Off Decrease (-) Prev status
Print Receipts Off
Machine Control Line #3 : Machine Control
EFT Control
Next figure
EFT Control
When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button
returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects
increments the selection once for each time pressed, the SELECT 2 the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous
LINES button decrements the selection once for each time pressed status. To accept the comm port lockup option to ON, press the
and the SELECT 3 LINES button moves the cursor to the next figure. CHANGE button to return to the online system options screen. Press
To set the comm port address to 002, press the SELECT 3 LINES the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COMM PORT 3 PROTOCOL
button twice to go to the third figure, press the SELECT 1 LINE button field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The
twice to increment the figure to 2 then press the CHANGE button to following screen displays.
button to tab to the COMM PORT 2 LOCKUP field. Press the SELECT Online System Option-Comm Port 3 Protocol
3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
On Line System Option-Comm Port 2 Lockup Port1(CNB33)

Port2(CNB34)
Port3(CNB32)
SAS
SAS
Off
002
002
000
On
On
On
Change :
Return
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Ticket Port Off Next item
OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key : Coupon Port Off Line #2 :
Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup Exit Print Receipts Off Prev item
Port1(CNB33) SAS 002 On Change : Machine Control Line #3 :
Port2(CNB34) SAS 002 On Port number Off
Return Select
Port3(CNB32) Off 000 On EFT Control
Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 : Port number Off
Ticket Port Off Next item System Bonus Control
Coupon Port Off Port number Off
Line #2 :
Validation scheme Enhanced Progressive Control
Print Receipts Off Prev item Progressive Port Off
Machine Control Line #3 : Mystery Jackpot Port Off
Port number Off
EFT Control
Select Change to default settings.
Port number Off Save changes to backup.
Port number Off
Progressive Control

The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button COMM PORT 3 PROTOCOL field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.

Setting Comm Port 3 Protocol Setting Comm Port 3 Address
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Audit Key :
Exit Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup Exit
Port1(CNB33) SAS 002 On Change : Port2(CNB34) SAS 002 On
Port2(CNB34) SAS 002 On
Return Return
Port3(CNB32) Off 000 On Line #1 :
Line #1 : Tickets/Vouchers
Tickets/Vouchers
Ticket Port Off Increase (+)
Coupon Port Off Line #2 : Line #2 :
Validation scheme Enhanced Decrease (-)
Prev status Print Receipts Off
Print Receipts Off
Machine Control Line #3 :
Machine Control
Port number Off
Port number Off
EFT Control
Next figure
EFT Control
Port number Off
Port number Off
Port number Off
Port number Off
Progressive Control
Progressive Control
Progressive Port Off Mystery Jackpot Port Off
When setting up the value of the option, the audit key exits the When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the item select screen, the returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button
SELECT 1 LINE button selects the next status and the SELECT 2 increments the selection once for each time pressed, the SELECT 2
LINES button selects the previous status. To change the default comm LINES button decrements the selection once for each time pressed
port 3 protocol, press the SELECT 1 LINE button to change the status and the SELECT 3 LINES button moves the cursor to the next figure.
to SAS. Press the CHANGE button to return to the online system To set the comm port address to 002, press the SELECT 3 LINES
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COMM button twice to go to the third figure, press the SELECT 1 LINE button
PORT 3 ADDRESS field. The following screen displays. twice to increment the figure to 2 then press the CHANGE button to
On Line System Option-Comm Port 3 Address button to tab to the COMM PORT 3 LOCKUP field. Press the SELECT
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Port1(CNB33)
Port2(CNB34)
Port3(CNB32)
SAS
SAS
SAS
002
002
000
On
On
On
Change :
Return On Line System Option-Comm Port 2 Lockup
Ticket Port Off Next item Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Coupon Port Off OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key :
Line #2 :
Validation scheme Enhanced Exit
Print Receipts Off Prev item Comm Ports Protocol Address Lockup
Machine Control Port1(CNB33) SAS 002 On Change :
Line #3 : Port2(CNB34) SAS 002 On
Port number Off Return
EFT Control
Select Port3(CNB32) SAS 002 On
Port number Off
System Bonus Control Ticket Port Off Next item
Port number Off Coupon Port Off Line #2 :
Progressive Control Validation scheme Enhanced
Mystery Jackpot Port Off Machine Control Line #3 :
Port number Off
EFT Control
Select
Save changes to backup. Port number Off
Port number Off
Progressive Control

COMM PORT 3 ADDRESS field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the

Setting Comm Port 3 Lockup Setting Tickets/Vouchers-Coupon Port
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Return Return
Ticket Port Off Next status Ticket Port Off Next status
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Print Receipts Off Prev status Print Receipts Off Prev status
Machine Control Machine Control
EFT Control EFT Control

returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects
the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous
status. To accept the comm port lockup option to ON, press the status. To accept the coupon port value of “OFF”, press the
CHANGE button to return to the online system options screen. Press CHANGE button to return to the online system options screen. Press
the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the TICKET PORT field. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the VALIDATION SCHEME field.
the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The
screen displays. following screen displays.
Setting Tickets/Vouchers-Ticket Port Setting Tickets/Vouchers-Validation Scheme

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION
Audit Key :
Port2(CNB34) SAS 002 On Return
Return Port3(CNB32) SAS 002 On
Port3(CNB32) SAS 002 On Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 :
Ticket Port Off Next status
Line #2 : Validation scheme Enhanced
Validation scheme Enhanced Print Receipts Off Prev status
Print Receipts Off Prev status
Machine Control
Machine Control Port number Off
Port number Off EFT Control
EFT Control Port number Off
Port number Off System Bonus Control
System Bonus Control Port number Off
Port number Off Progressive Control
Progressive Control Progressive Port Off
Progressive Port Off Mystery Jackpot Port Off
status. To accept the ticket port value of “OFF”, press the CHANGE status. To accept the validation scheme value of “ENHANCED”, press
button to return to the online system options screen. Press the the CHANGE button to return to the online system options screen.
SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COUPON PORT field. Press the Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the PRINT RECEIPTS
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The
displays. following screen displays.

Setting Tickets/Vouchers-Print Receipts Setting EFT Control-Port Number
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
002 On
Change :
Port2(CNB34) SAS Return Port2(CNB34) SAS 002 On
Port3(CNB32) SAS 002 On Return
Line #1 : Port3(CNB32) SAS 002 On
Tickets/Vouchers Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 :
Ticket Port Off Next status Ticket Port Off
Coupon Port
Next status
Off Line #2 : Coupon Port Off
Validation scheme Enhanced Line #2 :
Prev status Validation scheme Enhanced
Print Receipts Off Print Receipts Off Prev status
status. To accept the print receipts value of “OFF”, press the status. To accept the EFT control port number value of “OFF”, press
CHANGE button to return to the online system options screen. Press the CHANGE button to return to the online system options screen.
the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the MACHINE CONTROL PORT Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the SYSTEM BONUS
NUMBER field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the CONTROL PORT NUMBER field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button
selection. The following screen displays. to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Setting Machine Control-Port Number Setting System Bonus Control-Port Number

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Return Return
Ticket Port Off Next status Ticket Port Off Next status
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Print Receipts Off Prev status Print Receipts Off Prev status

status. To accept the machine control port number value of “OFF”, status. To accept the system bonus control port number value of
press the CHANGE button to return to the online system options “OFF”, press the CHANGE button to return to the online system
screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the EFT CON- options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
TROL PORT NUMBER field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to PROGRESSIVE CONTROL PROGRESSIVE PORT field. Press the
enter the selection. The following screen displays. SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen
displays.

Setting Progressive Control-Progressive Port Progressive Option
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION Audit Key : KONAMI
Port1(CNB33) SAS 002 On Change : Change :
Return Return
Tickets/Vouchers Line #1 : Coin Acceptor Option Line #1 :
Ticket Port Off Next status Bill Validator Option Next Item
Coupon Port Off Line #2 : Touch Screen Option Line #2 :
Print Receipts Off Prev status Door Option Prev Item
Machine Control EM Counter Option Line #3 :
Port number Off
EFT Control
Sound Option Select
Port number Off Hopper Option
System Bonus Control Printer Option
Port number Off
Progressive Control System Option
Progressive Port Off Online System Option
Mystery Jackpot Port Off Progressive Option
Change to default settings. Game Option
Save changes to backup. Accounting Denom Option
Exit the KMS.
When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button The PROGRESSIVE OPTION field is highlighted. Press the
returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen
the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous displays.
status. To accept the system bonus control port number value of
“OFF”, press the CHANGE button to return to the online system PROGRESSIVE OPTION
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the Option Description
MYSTERY JACKPOT PORT field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
Top Award Type Credit: Top award is paid as credits.
button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. Progressive: Top award is paid as a
progressive amount.
Setting Progressive Control-Mystery Jackpot Port Prize: Top award is paid as a prize.
OPTIONS - ONLINE SYSTEM OPTION

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Group ID Progressive group number.
Audit Key :
Max. Progressive Levels 0-9. Determines how many levels of

Port2(CNB34)
Port3(CNB32)
SAS
SAS
002
002
On
On
Return progressive jackpot will be available
Line #1 :
Tickets/Vouchers
Ticket Port Off Next status for the player to win.
Validation scheme
Mystery Jackpot Type Credit: Mystery jackpot is paid as
Enhanced
Print Receipts Off Prev status
Machine Control
Port number Off credits.
EFT Control
Port number
Off Prize: Mystery jackpot is paid as a
Port number
Progressive Control
Off prize.
Mystery Jackpot Port Off Mystery Jackpot Threshold The mystery jackpot threshold that
the machine locks up for handpay
when the mystery jackpot is hit. If the
machine receives jackpot amount as
mystery jackpot hit and the amount
exceeds this configuration the amount
will be paid by attendant.
When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button

returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects
the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous
status. To accept the system bonus control port number value of
“OFF”, press the CHANGE button to return to the online system
options screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the main
options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
PROGRESSIVE OPTION field. The following screen displays.

Progressive Option-Top Award Type Setting Group ID
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - PROGRESSIVE OPTION OPTIONS - PROGRESSIVE OPTION Audit Key :
Audit Key :
Exit Top Award Type Credit Exit
Top Award Type Credit
Group ID Group ID 000 Change :
000 Change :
Max. Progressive Levels Max. Progressive Levels 0 Return
0 Return
Line #1 : Mystery Jackpot Type Credit Line #1 :
Mystery Jackpot Type Credit
Mystery Jackpot Threshold Mystery Jackpot Threshold $00000 Increase (+)
$00000 Next item
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Prev item Save changes to backup. Decrease (-)
Line #3 : Line #3 :
Select Next figure
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button
moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The increments the selection once for each time pressed, the SELECT 2
TOP AWARD TYPE field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES LINES button decrements the selection once for each time pressed
button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. and the SELECT 3 LINES button moves the cursor to the next figure.
To set the comm port address to 002, press the SELECT 3 LINES
Setting Top Award Type button twice to go to the third figure, press the SELECT 1 LINE button
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
twice to increment the figure to 2 then press the CHANGE button to
OPTIONS - PROGRESSIVE OPTION
Audit Key :
Exit
return to the online progressive options screen. Press the SELECT 1
Group ID
Max. Progressive Levels
000
0
Change :
Return
LINE button to tab to the MAX. PROGRESSIVE LEVELS field. Press
Mystery Jackpot Type
Mystery Jackpot Threshold
Credit
$00000
Line #1 :
Next status
Line #2 :
Prev status
screen displays.
Setting Max Levels

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - PROGRESSIVE OPTION Audit Key :
Top Award Type Credit Exit
Group ID 002 Change :
Max. Progressive Levels 0 Return
Mystery Jackpot Type Credit Line #1 :
Mystery Jackpot Threshold $00000 Next status
Line #2 :
Save changes to backup. Prev status

status. To accept the top award type value of “CREDIT”, press the
CHANGE button to return to the online system options screen. Press
the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the GROUP ID field. Press the
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen
displays. When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button
status. To change the max progressive levels to 3, press the SELECT
1 LINE button three times then press the CHANGE button to return to
the progressive options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to
tab to the MYSTERY JACKPOT TYPE field. Press the SELECT 3

Setting Mystery Jackpot Type Game Option
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
OPTIONS - PROGRESSIVE OPTION Audit Key : KONAMI
Top Award Type Credit Exit Exit
Group ID 002 Change : Change :
Max. Progressive Levels 3 Return Return
Mystery Jackpot Type Credit Line #1 : Coin Acceptor Option Line #1 :
Mystery Jackpot Threshold $00000 Next status Bill Validator Option Next Item
Line #2 : Touch Screen Option Line #2 :
Save changes to backup. Prev status Door Option Prev Item
Sound Option Select
Hopper Option
Printer Option
System Option
Progressive Option
Game Option
Exit the KMS.
When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button The GAME OPTION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
status. To accept the default value of “CREDIT”, press the CHANGE GAME OPTION
button to return to the progressive options screen. Press the CHANGE Option Description
button again to return to the main options screen. Press the SELECT 1
Pay Table for $0.01- $1.00. Available payback percentage for
LINE button to tab to the MYSTERY JACKPOT THRESHOLD field. each denomination.
The following screen displays.
Play Line Max. Total line of the game.
Bet Max. Total maximum wager.
Setting Mystery Jackpot Threshold
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Attract Mode. ON: Show attract demo when the
OPTIONS - PROGRESSIVE OPTION Audit Key :
Exit
credits are zero.
OFF: No attract demo.
Group ID 002 Change :
Max. Progressive Levels 3 Return
Mystery Jackpot Type Credit Line #1 : Attract mode sound level. -15 (Silent) to 15 (Loud).
Mystery Jackpot Threshold $00000 Increase (+)
Line #2 : Attract Sound level. (This level is
Line #3
Decrease (-) based on the original sound).
Next figure
Attract mode interval. 60-255 Seconds
Interval for playing attract mode.
Note: When an invalid range is set,
these numerals turn red and the page
cannot be saved until a valid setting
is applied.
Cash Display Cash Only: Credits displayed in
dollar amounts.
Credit Only: Credits diplayed as
credits.
Selectable: Player can determine if
credits are displayed as cash or
credit.
returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button
increments the selection once for each time pressed, the SELECT 2
LINES button decrements the selection once for each time pressed
and the SELECT 3 LINES button moves the cursor to the next figure.
To set the comm port address to 002, press the SELECT 3 LINES
button twice to go to the third figure, press the SELECT 1 LINE button
twice to increment the figure to 2 then press the CHANGE button to
return to the online progressive options screen. Press the SELECT 1
LINE button to tab to the MAX. PROGRESSIVE LEVELS field. Press
screen displays.

Pay Table For $0.01 Game Setting Pay Table For $0.02 Game
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - GAME OPTION Audit Key :
Exit P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97% Exit
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97%
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 02 Game 9 1. 97% P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 02 Game 9 1. 97% Change :
Change :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 05 Game 9 1. 97% P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 05 Game 9 1. 97% Return
Return P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97%
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 : P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97%
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% Next status
Next item Play Line Max 10
Play Line Max 10 Line #2 :
Line #2 : Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10]
Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10] Prev status
Bet Max 30 Prev item Bet Max 30
Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5] Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5]
Line #3 Top Award 1000000
Top Award 1000000
Select
Attract Mode On Attract Mode On
Sound Level -2 Sound Level -2
(Master Volume Level 3) (Master Volume Level 3)
Interval 200 Seconds Interval 200 Seconds
Cash Display Selectable Cash Display Selectable

The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button
moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous
PAY TABLE FOR $0.01 GAME field is highlighted. Press the SELECT status. To accept the default percentage, press the CHANGE button to
3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button
to tab to the PAY TABLE FOR $0.05 GAME field. Press the SELECT 3
Setting Pay Table For $0.01 Game LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Setting Pay Table For $0.05 Game

P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97% Exit
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 02 Game 9 1. 97% Change :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 05 Game 9 1. 97% Return Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 : OPTIONS - GAME OPTION Audit Key :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% Next status P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97% Exit
Play Line Max 10 P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 02 Game 9 1. 97% Change :
Line #2 :
Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10] P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 05 Game 9 1. 97%
Bet Max 30 Prev status Return
Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5] P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 :
Top Award 1000000 P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% Next status
Play Line Max 10
Attract Mode On Line #2 :
Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10]
Sound Level -2 Bet Max 30 Prev status
(Master Volume Level 3) Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5]
Interval 200 Seconds Top Award 1000000
Cash Display Selectable
Attract Mode On
Change to default settings. Sound Level -2
Save changes to backup. (Master Volume Level 3)
Interval 200 Seconds


the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button
status. To accept the default percentage, press the CHANGE button to returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects
return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous
to tab to the PAY TABLE FOR $0.02 GAME field. Press the SELECT 3 status. To accept the default percentage, press the CHANGE button to
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button
to tab to the PAY TABLE FOR $0.05 GAME field. Press the SELECT 3

Setting Pay Table For $0.10 Game Setting Pay Table For $1.00 Game
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - GAME OPTION Audit Key : OPTIONS - GAME OPTION Audit Key :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97% Exit P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97% Exit
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 02 Game 9 1. 97% Change : P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 02 Game 9 1. 97% Change :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 05 Game 9 1. 97% Return P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 05 Game 9 1. 97% Return
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97% P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97%
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 : P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% Next status P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% Next status
Play Line Max 10 Play Line Max 10
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10] Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10]
Bet Max 30 Prev status Bet Max 30 Prev status
Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5] Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5]
Top Award 1000000 Top Award 1000000


status. To accept the default percentage, press the CHANGE button to status. To accept the default percentage, press the CHANGE button to
return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button
to tab to the PAY TABLE FOR $0.25 GAME field. Press the SELECT 3 to tab to the PLAY LINE MAX field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
Setting Pay Table For $0.25 Game Setting Play Line Max
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Return
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97% P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97%
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5] Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5]


status. To accept the default percentage, press the CHANGE button to status. To accept the default play line max, press the CHANGE button
return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE
to tab to the PAY TABLE FOR $1.00 GAME field. Press the SELECT 3 button to tab to the BET MAX field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. to enter the selection. The following screen displays.

Setting Bet Max Setting Sound Level
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Return P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97%
Line #2 : Line #2 :
Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5] Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5]


status. To accept the default play line max, press the CHANGE button status. To accept the default sound level value “-2”, press the
to return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE CHANGE button to return to the game options screen. Press the
button to tab to the ATTRACT MODE field. Press the SELECT 3 SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the INTERVAL field. Press the
LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays. SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen
displays.
Setting Attract Mode On/Off
OPTIONS - GAME OPTION
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key :
Setting Interval
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97% Exit Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 02 Game 9 1. 97% Change : OPTIONS - GAME OPTION Audit Key :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 05 Game 9 1. 97% Return
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97% P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97% Exit
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 : P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 02 Game 9 1. 97% Change :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% Next status P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 05 Game 9 1. 97% Return
Play Line Max 10 P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97%
Line #2 : P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 :
Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10]
Bet Max 30 Prev status P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% Next status
Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5] Play Line Max 10
Line #2 :
Top Award 1000000 Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10]
Bet Max 30 Prev status
Attract Mode On Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5]
Sound Level -2 Top Award 1000000
(Master Volume Level 3)
Interval 200 Seconds Attract Mode On
Cash Display Selectable Sound Level -2
Change to default settings. Interval 200 Seconds
Save changes to backup. Cash Display Selectable


returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button
the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button
status. To accept the default attract mode value “ON”, press the increments the selection once for each time pressed, the SELECT 2
CHANGE button to return to the game options screen. Press the LINES button decrements the selection once for each time pressed
SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the SOUND LEVEL field. Press the and the SELECT 3 LINES button moves the cursor to the next figure.
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen To set the attract mode interval to 060, press the SELECT 3 LINES
displays. button twice to go to the first figure, press the SELECT 1 LINE button
eight times to increment the first figure to 0. Press the SELECT 3 LINE
button to go to the next figure. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button six
times to increment the second figure to six then press the CHANGE
button to return to the game options screen. Press the SELECT 1
LINE button to tab to the CASH DISPLAY field. Press the SELECT 3
Setting Cash Display Options-Accounting Denom Option
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - GAME OPTION Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key : OPTIONS - ACCOUNTING DENOM SELECT Audit Key :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 01 Game 9 1. 97% Exit
Accounting Denom $0.01 Exit
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 10 Game 9 1. 97% Return
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 0. 25 Game 9 1. 97% Line #1 : Save changes to backup.
Line #1 :
P a y T a b l e f o r $ 1. 00 Game 9 1. 97% Next status
Play Line Max 10 Next item
Line #2 :
Play Line [ 1] [ 3] [ 5] [ 7] [ 10] Line #2 :
Bet Max 30 Prev status
Prev item
Bet/Line [ 1] [ 2] [ 3] [ 4] [ 5]
Top Award 1000000 Line #3 :
Select
Attract Mode On
Sound Level -2
Interval 200 Seconds

When setting up the value of the option, the CHANGE button The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT 1 LINE button
returns to the item select screen, the SELECT 1 LINE button selects moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button returns to the
the next status and the SELECT 2 LINES button selects the previous previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES enters the selection. The
status. To accept the default cash display value “selectable”, press the ACCOUNTING DENOM field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
CHANGE button to return to the game options screen. Press the LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
button again to return to the main options screen. Press the SELECT
1 LINE button to tab to the ACCOUNTING DENOM OPTION field. Setting Accounting Denom
The following screen displays. Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
OPTIONS - ACCOUNTING DENOM SELECT Audit Key :
Accounting Denom $0.01 Exit

Change :
Line #1 :
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40 Next status
KONAMI
OPTIONSMAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : Line #2 :
Exit Prev status
Change :
Return
Sound Option Select
Hopper Option
Printer Option
System Option
Progressive Option
Game Option
Exit the KMS.

The ACCOUNTING DENOM OPTION field is highlighted. status. To accept the default accounting denom value “$0.01”, press
Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The the CHANGE button to return to the accounting denom options
following screen displays. screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the options
screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the main K.M.S.
screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the DIAGNOSTIC

Diagnostic
Apr. /20/2004 7 : 23 : 40
DIAGNOSTIC
Change :
Exit
Menu Description
Return
Software Meters Line #1 : I/O Test Extras Checks the components other than
Game Recall
Event Line #2 :
Next Item
the above.
Options Prev Item
Diagnostic Line #3 : Return to previous menu Returns to the previous menu.
Clock & Misc Select
Out of Service
Exit the KMS. Diagnostic-Main Menu

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key :
Exit
Change:
Return
System Information Line #1 :
Touch Screen Next item
In-Port Line #2 :
Out-Port Prev item
Coin Acceptor Line #3
Bill Validator Select
Coin Hopper
Ticket Printer
CD-ROM Drive
Sound
Screen
Checks the operation of the components of the game machine Communication Information
Game Test
on the Diagnostic screen. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the SELECT I/O Test Extras
1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to Return to previous menu.
the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item
where the cursor is placed. The DIAGNOSTIC field is highlighted.
NOTE: All of the diagnostics tests can be performed with or The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
without credits, in the middle of a game and depending on the the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next
tilt, in the middle of a tilt sequence. item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to the previous item and the
SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the cursor is placed.
DIAGNOSTIC
The SYSTEM INFORMATION field is highlighted. Press the
Menu Description SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen
System Information Displays information about the
displays.
system.
Touch Screen Checks the operation of the touch Diagnostic-System Information
screen. Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-SYSTEM
MAINTENANCEINFORMATION
SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key :
In-Port Checks the operation of the in-port. Change:

Exit
Return
Out-Port Checks the operation of the out-port. ROM Information Line #1 :
Game Information Next item
Coin Acceptor Checks the operation of the coin Line #2 :
Return to previous menu. Prev item
acceptor. Line #3 :
Select
Bill Validator Checks the operation of the bill
validator.
Coin Hopper Checks the operation of the coin
hopper.
Ticket Printer Checks the operation of the ticket
printer.
CD-ROM Drive Checks the operation of the CD-ROM
drive.
Sound Checks and changes the sound.
Screen Displays the test screen.
Communication Information Displays information about The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
communication. the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next
Game Test Performs the tests associated with item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to the previous item and the
the game concerned. SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the cursor is placed.
The ROM INFORMATION field is highlighted.
Diagnostic-Game Information
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-SYSTEM
MAINTENANCEINFORMATION
Exit
Diagnostic-System Information-ROM Information Change:
Return
ROM Information Line #1 :
SYSTEM INFORMATION Game Information

Line #2 :
Next item
Return to previous menu. Prev item
Menu Description Line #3 :

Select
ROM Information Displays information about the on-

board ROM and EL Key.
Game Information Displays information about the game.
Return to previous menu Returns to the previous menu.
Displays information about the on-board ROM and EL Key.
The audit key exits the K.M.S. and the CHANGE button returns to the
previous menu.
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-ROM
MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Exit
Change:
CRC High :cfd6

Return
CRC Low :6942
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to
ROM Code : KILM58US the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves the cursor to the previous
EL Key Level
EL Key CRC
:Disconnect
:Disconnect
item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the
EL Key Serial
EL Key Family Code
:Disconnect
:Disconnect
cursor is placed. The GAME INFORMATION field is highlighted.
Konami Gaming, Inc. / KONAMI CORPORATION
Diagnostic-Game Information
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-GAME
MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Exit
Change:
Return
Game Title : King's Legend
Game Code : KILAM58US
Machine Percent
$0.05 Game Percentage : 92.10%
ROM INFORMATION
Menu Description
CRC High CRC of the EPROM high.
CRC Low CRC of the EPROM low.
ROM Code ROM code stored in the program.
EL Key Level EL Key security level stored in the
EL Key.
EL Key CRC CRC stored in the EL Key.
EL Key Serial Serial number stored in the EL Key.
Displays information about the currently installed game. The
EL Key Family Code Family code stored in the EL Key.
audit key exits the K.M.S. and the CHANGE button returns to the
previous menu. Press the CHANGE button to return to the system
Press the CHANGE button to return to the system information information menu. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the
menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the GAME DIAGNOSTIC menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the
INFORMATION field. The following screen displays. TOUCH SCREEN field. The following screen displays.

GAME INFORMATION selection. The following screen displays.
Item Description Controller ID

Game Title Name of the on-board game. KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-CONTROLLER
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
ID (KMS)
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key :
Exit
Game Code Code of the on-board game. Change:
Return
Machine Percent Machine payout percentage of the Line #1 :
Next item
current game. Touch Screen Controller ID Line #2 :
Prev item
Diagnostic-Touch Screen CONTROLLER TYPE : A3

CONTROLLER VERSION : 0600
Line #3 :
Select
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Exit
Change:
Return [ 450 ] DISCONNECT
System Information Line #1 : [ 451 ] INITIAL FAIL
Touch Screen Next item [ 452 ] COMMUNICATION ERROR
In-Port Line #2 : [ 453 ] COMMUNICATION ERROR
Out-Port Prev item [ 454 ] COMMUNICATION ERROR
Coin Acceptor Line #3 : [ 455 ] COMMUNICATION ERROR
Bill Validator Select [ 456 ] CONTROLLER ERROR
Coin Hopper
Ticket Printer
CD-ROM Drive
Sound
Screen
Communication Information
Game Test
I/O Test Extras
Return to previous menu. Displays information about the touchscreen controller.

The audit key exits the K.M.S. and the CHANGE button returns
to the previous menu and the CASHOUT button resets any controller
errors. Press the CHANGE button to return to the touchscreen menu.
Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the TOUCH TEST menu.
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-TOUCH
MAINTENANCE
SCREEN
Exit
the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves the cursor to the previous Change:
Return
item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the Controller ID
Touch Test
Line #1 :
Next item
cursor is placed. The TOUCH SCREEN field is highlighted. Press Calibration Line #2 :
Prev item
the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following Return to previous menu. Line #3 :
Select
screen displays.
Diagnostic-Touch Screen-Controller ID
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-TOUCH
MAINTENANCE
SCREEN
Exit
Change:
Return
Controller ID Line #1 :
Touch Test Next item
Calibration Line #2 :
Prev item
Return to previous menu. Line #3 :
Select
Diagnostic-Touch Screen-Touch Test

TOUCH SCREEN INFORMATION
Item Description
Controller ID Checks the controller ID of the touch
screen.
Touch Test Touch Test
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the Calibration Performs a location calibration of the
previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to the next item, touch screen.
the SELECT 2 LINES moves the cursor to the previous item and the SELECT 3 Return to previous menu Returns to the previous menu.
LINES button enters the item where the cursor is placed. The CONTROLLER ID
field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the the The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to the previous item and the
The TOUCH TEST field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS)
Please wait. Do not touch the screen.
After a few seconds, the following screen displays.
Checks the operation of the touch screen. This screen lets you
check the coordinate adjustment of the touch screen. A point will be
displayed at the position where you touched with your finger. Any
button returns to the previous menu. Press any button to return to the Touch the center of the white circle on the screen.
touchscreen menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the Press the "Change Button" to exit with the factory setting.
Press any button except "Change Button" to exit
CALIBRATION menu. The following screen displays.

without update.
Diagnostic-Touch Screen-Calibration
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-TOUCH
MAINTENANCE
SCREEN
Exit
Change:
Return
Controller ID Line #1 :
Touch Test Next item
Calibration Line #2 :
Return to previous menu.

Prev item Touch the center of the white circle. The white circle will move to
Line #3 :
Select a different location on the screen. Continue touching the center until the
Calibration O.K.
The CALIBRATION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
button to enter the selection. The following screen displays.
Press any button except the CASHOUT button to return to the

touchscreen diagnostic menu. Press the CHANGE button to return to

the diagnostic menu screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab IN-PORT
to the IN-PORT menu. The following screen displays.
Function Item
Diagnostic-In-Port Other Sensor or Switch Door Lock Sensor
Main Door
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : Sub Door
Exit Bill Stacker Door
Change:
Return Drop Door
System Information
Touch Screen
Line #1 :
Next item
Cash Box Door
In-Port Line #2 : Logic Unit Door
Out-Port
Coin Acceptor Line #3 :
Prev item
Bill Stacker Exist
Bill Validator Select Bill Transport Exist
Coin Hopper
Ticket Printer Bill Validator Power
CD-ROM Drive Coin Hopper Exist
Sound
Screen Ticket Printer Exist
Game Test
EM Counter Exist #1
I/O Test Extras EM Counter Exist #2
Fill Box Door
Top Box Door Sensor
Top Box Door
Maintenance Sensor
Maintenance Door
In-Port (Button/Mechanical Switch Test)

The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next DIAGNOSTIC-IN-PORT Audit Key :
Exit
item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to the previous item and the Cash Out Sw [OFF] Reset Key [OFF] Change:
Line 1: Return #1
Help Sw [OFF] Audit Key [OFF]
Paytable Sw [OFF] JP Reset Key [OFF] Line #1 : Return #1
Line 2: Return #2
The IN-PORT field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button
Language Sw [N/A] Door Lock Sensor [CN]
Return #2
Menu Sw [N/A] Main Door Door [OFF]
to enter the selection. The following screen displays. Denomi

Reserved
Sw [N/A]
Sw [N/A]
SubDoor
Bill Stacker
Door
Door
[OFF]
[OFF]
Change Sw [OFF] Cash Box Door [N/A]
IN-PORT
Bet Max Sw [OFF] Logic Unit Door [OFF]
Cancel Bet Sw [N/A]
Spin Sw [OFF] Bill Stacker Exist [OFF]
Function Item
Gamble Sw [OFF] Bill Transport Exist [OFF]
Take Win Sw [OFF] Bill Validator Exist [ON]
Line 1 Sw [OFF] Coin Hopper Exist [OFF]
Button Cash Out Line 3
Line 5
Sw [OFF]
Sw [ON]
Ticket Printer
EM Counter Exist #1
Exist [OFF]
[OFF]
Help Line 7 Sw [OFF] EM Counter Exist #2 [OFF]
Pay Table Line 9

Bet 1
Sw [OFF]
Sw [OFF] Fill Box Door [OFF]
Language Bet 2 Sw [OFF] Top Box Door Sensor [OFF]
Menu
Bet 3 Sw [OFF] Top Box Door [N/A]
Bet 4 Sw [OFF] Maintenance Sensor [OFF]
Denomi Bet 5 Sw [OFF] Maintenance Door [OFF]
Spare #24 Sw [N/A]
Reserved To return from In-Port test,
Change push [Return #1] and [Return #2] simultaneously.
Bet Max
Cancel Bet Checks the operation of the in-port. The indication of the
Spin applicable part changes from “OFF” to “ON”. “N/A” appears for the
Gamble item not mounted. Press both the CHANGE and SELECT 1 LINE
Take Win
Line 1
buttons to return to the diagnostic menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE
Line 2 button to tab to the OUT-PORT field. The following screen displays.
Line 3
Line 4
Line 5 Diagnostic-Out-Port
Bet 1 The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
Bet 2 the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next
Bet 3
Bet 4
Bet 5 SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the cursor is placed.
Spare #24 The OUT-PORT field is highlighted. The following screen displays.
Key Switch Reset Key
Audit Key
JP Reset Key

Out-Port (Lamp Check)
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 OUT-PORT
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Change:
Exit
Function Item
Return
System Information
Touch Screen
Line #1 : LED Bill Entry Indicator
Next item
In-Port Line #2 : Bill Indicator Lamp 1
Out-Port
Prev item
Bill Indicator Lamp 2
Bill Validator Select Bill Indicator Lamp 3
Coin Hopper
Ticket Printer
CD-ROM Drive Bill Indicator Lamp 5
Sound
Screen Bill Indicator Lamp 6
Communication Information Bill Indicator Lamp 7
Game Test
I/O Test Extras
Other items Candle #5
Return to previous menu. Candle #4
Candle #3
Candle #2
Candle #1
Fluorescent Lamp
Coin Diverter
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to DIAGNOSTIC-OUT-PORT Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key :
Cash Out
Audit Key:
Help Lamp[OFF] Bill Entry Indicator [N/A] Exit
Exit
Pay Table Lamp[OFF] Change:
Line 1:
Language Lamp[OFF] Candle #5 [OFF] Return
Next Item
Menu Lamp[N/A] Candle #4 [OFF] Line #1 :
Line 3:
Denomi Lamp[N/A] Candle #3 [OFF] Next item
Prev Item
Reserved Lamp[N/A] Candle #2 [OFF] Line #2 :
Line 5:
Change Lamp[N/A] Candle #1 [OFF] Prev item
Next Item
Bet Max Lamp[OFF] Line #3 :
OUT-PORT Cancel Bet Lamp[OFF] Fluorescent Lamp [OFF] Select
Spin Lamp[N/A]
Function Item
Gamble Lamp[OFF] Coin Diverter [OFF]
Take Win Lamp[N/A]
Line 1 Lamp[N/A] Bill Indicator Lamp 1 [N/A]
Button Lamp Cash Out Line 2

Line 3
Lamp[OFF]
Lamp[OFF]
[N/A]
[N/A]
Help Line 4 Lamp[ON] Bill Indicator Lamp 4 [N/A]
Pay Table Line 5

Bet 1
Lamp[OFF]
Lamp[OFF]
[N/A]
[N/A]
Language Bet 2 Lamp[OFF] Bill Indicator Lamp 7 [N/A]
Bet 3 Lamp[OFF]
Menu Bet 4 Lamp[OFF]
Denomination Bet 5 Lamp[OFF]
Spare #24 Lamp[OFF]
Reserved Lamp[OFF]
Change To Exit from Out-Port test,
Bet Max push [Next item] and [On/Off] simultaneously.
Cancel Bet
Spin
Gamble Checks the operation of the out-port. The indication of the
Take Win applicable part changes from “OFF” to “ON”. “N/A” appears for the
Line 1 item not mounted. The SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item,
Line 2
Line 3
the SELECT 2 LINES button moves to the previous item and the
Line 4 SELECT 3 LINES button switches the value of the item where the
Line 5 cursor is placed. Press both the SELECT 1 LINE and SELECT 3
Bet 1 LINES buttons returns to the diagnostic menu.
Bet 2
Bet 3
Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COIN ACCEP-
Bet 4 TOR field. The following screen displays.
Bet 5
Spare #24

Diagnostic-Coin Acceptor Diagnostic-Coin Acceptor-Enable/Disable
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-COIN
MAINTENANCE
ACCEPTOR
Exit Exit
Change: Change:
Return Return
Coin Acceptor >> Disable
System Information Line #1 : Cash Out :
Touch Screen Next item Reset
Coin Diverter >> To Coin Drop
In-Port Line #2 : Line #1 :
Out-Port Prev item Next item
Coin In 0
Coin Acceptor Line #3 : Line #2 :
Coin Drop In 0
Bill Validator Select Prev item
Fail Coin Drop In 0
Coin Hopper Line #3 :
Excessive Coin In 0
Ticket Printer Change
Acceptor In Pass Coin 0
CD-ROM Drive
Coin In Upper Pass Coin 0
Sound
Coin In Lower Pass Coin 0
Screen
[ 100 ] COIN IN ERROR
Game Test
I/O Test Extras
[ 102 ] DIVERTER MALFUNCTION
[ 103 ] COIN ACCEPTOR MALFUNCTION
[ 106 ] EXTRA COIN IN

[ 109 ] DIVERTER FLAPPER ERROR
Checks the operation of the coin acceptor. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the CASHOUT button resets the error counters,
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2
item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to the previous item and the LINES moves to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button
SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the cursor is placed. changes the item where the cursor is placed. The COIN ACCEPTOR
The COIN ACCEPTOR ENABLE/DISABLE field is highlighted. Press field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to alternate
the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following between enable and disable the coin acceptor. Press the SELECT 1
screen displays. LINE button to tab to the COIN DIVERTER field. The following screen
displays.
COIN ACCEPTOR
Item Description Diagnostic-Coin Diverter-To Coin Drop/Hopper
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-COIN
MAINTENANCE
ACCEPTOR
SYSTEM (KMS)
Coin Acceptor Switches the coin acceptor status
Audit Key :
Exit
between the enable and disable. Change:
Coin Acceptor >> Disable Return
Coin Diverter Switches the coin diverter path status

Cash Out :
Coin Diverter >> To Coin Drop Reset
between the cash box and the coin Line #1 :
Coin In 0 Next item
hopper. Coin Drop In 0 Line #2 :
Fail Coin Drop In 0 Prev item
Coin In Displays the number of coins inside. Excessive Coin In 0 Line #3 :
Acceptor In Pass Coin 0 Change
Coin Drop In Displays the number of coins inside Coin In Upper

Coin In Lower
Pass Coin
Pass Coin
0
0
the coin drop.
Fail Drop In Displays the number of coins inside [ 101 ]

[ 102 ]
COIN IN ERROR
DIVERTER MALFUNCTION
the coin drop in error. [ 103 ] COIN ACCEPTOR MALFUNCTION
Excessive Coin In Displays the number of coins [ 105 ]

[ 106 ]
COIN ACCEPTOR
EXTRA COIN IN
MALFUNCTION
inserted after the coin acceptor stops

accepting coins.
[ 109 ] DIVERTER FLAPPER ERROR
Acceptor In Pass Coin Displays the number of coins that [ 111 ] COIN ACCEPTOR MALFUNCTION
passed coin acceptor.

Coin In Upper Pass Coin Displays the number of coins that The audit key exits the KM.S., the CHANGE button returns to
passed coin in sensor upper. the previous menu, the CASHOUT button resets the error counters,
Coin In Lower Pass Coin Displays the number of coins that the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2
passed coin in sensor lower. LINES moves to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button
changes the item where the cursor is placed. The COIN DIVERTER
field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to alternate
between divert to coin drop and divert to coin hopper. Any coins
inserted will increment the related meter once for each coin. Press the
CASHOUT button to reset the meters to 0. Press the CHANGE button
to return to the diagnostic menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to
tab to the BILL VALID
ALIDA ATOR field. The following screen displays.

Diagnostic-Bill Validator
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS)
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key : the previous menu, the CASHOUT button resets the error counters,
Change:
Exit
the SELECT 3 LINES button changes the item where the cursor is
Return
placed. The BILL VALIDATOR ENABLE/DISABLE field is high-
Touch Screen
In-Port Line #2 :
Next item
lighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to alternate between
Out-Port
Prev item
enable and disable the coin bill validator. When enabled and a bill is
Bill Validator
Coin Hopper
Select
inserted, the following screen displays.
Ticket Printer
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
CD-ROM Drive KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-BILL
MAINTENANCE
VALIDATOR
SYSTEM (KMS)
Sound
Screen
ROM Version:W(USA) - 12 - SS ID003034V207-17 01APR02 3B13
Game Test
BOOT Version : B12 Line #1 :
I/O Test Extras
Reject
Bill Insert : Enable Line #2 :
Bill In Escrow : $0 Stack
Total Bill : $0 Line #3 :
Vouchers : 0 Change
Bill Reject Status : N/A

[ 220 ] BV NOT READY
[ 221 ] BV DEVICE FAILURE
[ 222 ] BILL JAM IN ACCEPTOR
[ 223 ] BILL JAM IN STACKER
[ 224 ] BILL STACKER FULL
[ 225 ] BILL STACKER REMOVED
BILL VALIDATOR [ 226 ]
[ 227 ]
BILL
BILL
STACKER NOT READY
HEADER REMOVED
[ 228 ] BILL TRANSPORT REMOVED
Item Description [ 229 ]
[ 230 ]
BV
BV
COM
ERROR
[ 231 ] BV ERROR
ROM Version ROM version of the bill validator. [ 232 ] BV ERROR
BOOT Version Boot version of the ROM.

Bill Insert Switches the bill validator state
between enable and disable. The BILL IN ESCROW field increments by the amount of the
inserted bill. The bill can now be rejected by pressing the SELECT 1
Bill In Escrow Displays the amount of the inserted
bill. LINE button, or it can be stacked by pressing the SELECT 2 LINES
button. If stack is selected, the TOTAL BILL field will increment by the
Total Bill Displays the amount of the stored bill.
value if the inserted bill. Press the CHANGE button to return to the
Bill Reject Status Displays the status of the rejected
diagnostic menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COIN
bill.
HOPPER field. The following screen displays.
Checks the operation of the bill validator. The audit key exits the
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the Diagnostic-Coin Hopper
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Audit Key :
moves the cursor to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES Change:
Exit
button enters the item where the cursor is placed. The BILL System Information Line #1 :
Return
VALIDATOR field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to Touch Screen
In-Port Line #2 :
Next item
enter the selection. The following screen displays. Out-Port

Prev item

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-BILL
MAINTENANCE
VALIDATOR
SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : Coin Hopper
Exit Ticket Printer
Change: CD-ROM Drive
Return Sound
ROM Version:W(USA) - 12 - SS ID003034V207-17 01APR02 3B13
Cash Out : Screen
BOOT Version : B12
Reset Communication Information
Line #1 : Game Test
Bill Insert : Enable
Next item I/O Test Extras
Bill In Escrow : $0
Total Bill : $0 Line #2 :
Prev item Return to previous menu.
Vouchers : 0
Line #3 :
Bill Reject Status : N/A Change
[ 220 ] BV NOT READY

[ 221 ] BV DEVICE FAILURE
[ 222 ] BILL JAM IN ACCEPTOR
[ 223 ] BILL JAM IN STACKER
[ 224 ] BILL STACKER FULL
[ 225 ] BILL STACKER REMOVED
[ 226 ] BILL STACKER NOT READY
[ 227 ]
[ 228 ]
BILL
BILL
HEADER REMOVED
TRANSPORT REMOVED
Checks the operation of the coin hopper. The audit key exits the
[ 229 ]
[ 230 ]
BV
BV
COM
ERROR
[ 231 ]
[ 232 ]
BV
BV
ERROR
ERROR
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES
moves to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters
the item where the cursor is placed. The COIN HOPPER field is
highlighted.Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection.
Diagnostic-Ticket Printer
COIN HOPPER Checks the operation of the ticket printer. The audit key exits the
Item Description SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES
Coin Pay Sets the number of coins to be paid. moves to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters
the item where the cursor is placed. The TICKET PRINTER field is
Coin Paid Displays the number of paid coins.
highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button. The following screen
Total Paid Displays the total number of paid displays.
coins.
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Over Paid Displays the number of overpaid KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
coins.
Exit
Change:
Return
Runaway Paid Displays the number of runaway paid System Information Line #1 :
Touch Screen
coins.
Next item
In-Port Line #2 :
Out-Port Prev item
Over Flow Sensor Full: The coin hopper is full. Coin Acceptor Line #3 :
Bill Validator
Not Full: The coin hopper is not full.
Select
Coin Hopper
Ticket Printer
Coin Switch #1 Off/On. CD-ROM Drive
Sound
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Screen
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-COIN
MAINTENANCE
HOPPER
SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : Communication Information
Exit Game Test
Change: I/O Test Extras
Coin Pay 10 Return
Cash Out : Return to previous menu.
Coin Paid 0 Reset
Total Paid 0 Line #1 :
Over Paid: 0 Increase (+)
Runaway Paid: 0 Line #2 :
: Decrease (-)
Over Flow Sensor >> Not Full Line #3 :
Coin shoot
Coin Switch #1 >> Off
[ 120 ] HOPPER EMPTY or JAM

[ 121 ]
[ 122 ]
COIN OUT SW JAM
HOPPER OVERPAY
Diagnostic-Demonstration Print
[ 123 ] HOPPER RUNAWAY Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
[ 124 ] HOPPER DISCONNECT KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-TICKET
MAINTENANCEPRINTER
Exit
Change:
DEMONSTRATION PRINT Return
Line #3 :
Print start
the previous menu, the CASHOUT button resets all error counters, [ 700 ] PRINTER DISCONNECT
the SELECT 1 LINE button increments the selection once for each [ 701 ]
[ 702 ]
PRINTER
PRINTER
OFF LINE
PAPER OUT
time pressed, the SELECT 2 LINES decrements the selection once for [ 703 ]
[ 704 ]
PRINTER
PRINTER
JAM
COMMUNICATION ERROR
each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button initiates the [ 705 ] PRINTER POWER OFF ERROR
hopper test. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to increment the COIN
PAY field. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to initiate the hopper test.
Press the CHANGE button to return to the diagnostic menu. Press the
SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the TICKET PRINTER field. The
following screen displays. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
the previous menu, and the SELECT 3 LINES button starts the
demonstration print. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button. The following
screen displays.

Diagnostic-Now Printing Failed Demonstration Print
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 If the print fails, the following screen displays. The error that
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-TICKET
MAINTENANCEPRINTER
Exit caused the failure is highlighted.
Change:
DEMONSTRATION PRINT Return Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Line #3 :
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-TICKET
MAINTENANCEPRINTER
Now printing... Print start Exit
Change:
Line #3 :
Failed in ticket print. Print start
[ 700 ] PRINTER DISCONNECT

[ 701 ] PRINTER OFF LINE
[ 702 ] PRINTER PAPER OUT
[ 703 ] PRINTER JAM
[ 704 ] PRINTER COMMUNICATION ERROR [ 700 ] PRINTER DISCONNECT
[ 705 ] PRINTER POWER OFF ERROR [ 701 ] PRINTER OFF LINE
[ 702 ] PRINTER PAPER OUT
[ 703 ] PRINTER JAM
[ 704 ] PRINTER COMMUNICATION ERROR
[ 705 ] PRINTER POWER OFF ERROR
Diagnostic-Successful Print
After the ticket has been printed, the following screen displays. Press the CHANGE button to return to the diagnostic menu.
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the CD-ROM DRIVE field.
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-TICKET
MAINTENANCEPRINTER
Exit
Change:
Suceeded in ticket print.

Line #3 :
Print start Diagnostic-CD-ROM Drive
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Exit
Change:
Return
[ 700 ] PRINTER DISCONNECT In-Port Line #2 :
[ 701 ] PRINTER OFF LINE Out-Port Prev item
[ 702 ] PRINTER PAPER OUT Coin Acceptor Line #3 :
[ 703 ] PRINTER JAM Bill Validator Select
[ 704 ] PRINTER COMMUNICATION ERROR Coin Hopper
[ 705 ] PRINTER POWER OFF ERROR Ticket Printer
CD-ROM Drive
Sound
Screen
Game Test
I/O Test Extras
Two ticket are printed. See the illustration below for sample
demonstration prints.
INSERT THIS SIDE UP INSERT THIS SIDE UP
CD ROM DRIVE
Item Description
D E M O N S T R A T I O N *****
Device Model information about the CD-ROM

drive.
Speed Speed of the CD-ROM drive.
May /20/2003 09: 15
000000001
GLTB01US
0
Tray Status of the locked tray.

Request Sense Return status for request sense data
Terminal ID (Machine Address)
to CD-ROM drive.
*****
Medium Type Type of medium in the CD-ROM

drive.
Date & Time
ROM Code
Machine #
Volume Name Volume name of the CD -ROM
INSERT THIS SIDE UP INSERT THIS SIDE UP

Checks the operation of the CD-ROM drive. The audit key exits

Diagnostic-Sound-Sound Volume
the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-SOUND
Exit
moves to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters Change:
the item where the cursor is placed. The CD ROM DRIVE field is
Volume Level (0:Silent - 15:Loud) 0 Return
Sound Code 0 Line #1 :

Next item
displays. Save changes to backup Prev item

Line #3 :
Select
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
DIAGNOSTIC - CD-ROM DRIVE Audit Key :
Exit
[D R I V E I n f o r m a t i o n]
Change :
Device : ATAPI CD-ROM CD -540E Return
Speed : 40
Line #3 :
Error reset
Tray : Unlocked
Request Sense : OK
[M e d i u m I n f o r m a t i o n]
Medium type : 120mm CD-ROM Hybred disc
Volume name : 050505_ 1204
[ 480 ] CDROM
[ 481 ] CDROM
READ ERROR
MISC ERROR Checks the operation of the sound function. The audit key exits
[ 483 ] CDROM MEDIA CHANGED the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the
pressed, the SELECT 2 LINES decrements the selection once for
each time pressed, the SELECT 3 LINES button plays the selected
sound and the SELECT 4 LINES button stops playing the selected
sound. Press the CHANGE button to return to the sound option menu.
the previous menu, and the SELECT 3 LINES button resets the error
Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the SOUND CODE field.
counters. Press the CHANGE button to return to the main diagnostic
screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the SOUND field.
Diagnostic-Sound-Sound Code
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-SOUND
Exit
Change:
Volume Level (0:Silent - 15:Loud) 0 Return
Sound Code 0 Line #1 :
Next item
Save changes to backup. Prev item
Line #3 :
Select
Checks the operation of the sound function. The audit key exits
the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the
pressed, the SELECT 2 LINES decrements the selection once for
each time pressed, the SELECT 3 LINES button plays the selected
sound and the SELECT 4 LINES button stops playing the selected
sound. Press the CHANGE button to return to the sound option menu.
Press the CHANGE button again to return to the diagnostic menu.
Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the SCREEN field. The

Diagnostic-Screen Diagnostic-Screen-Color Bar Screen
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Exit
Change:
Return R
In-Port Line #2 :
Out-Port Y
Prev item
Coin Hopper G
Ticket Printer
CD-ROM Drive
Sound
C
Screen
Game Test
I/O Test Extras B

M
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Colorless Colored
Checks the operation of the screen. The audit key exits the Any button returns to the previous menu. Press any button.
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the CROSSHATCH field.
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES Press the SELECT 3 LINES button. The following screen displays.
the item where the cursor is placed. The COLOR BAR SCREEN field Diagnostic-Screen-Crosshatch Screen
is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button. The following Any button returns to the previous menu. Press any button.
screen displays.
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-SCREEN
Exit
Change:
Color Bar Screen Return
Crosshatch Screen Line #1 :
White Screen Next item
Red Screen Line #2 :
Green Screen Prev item
Blue Screen Line #3 :
Select
Return to previous screen.
Use the same procedure to view the White, Red, Green and Blue
The COLOR BAR SCREEN field is highlighted. Press the screens. Press the CHANGE button to return to the diagnostic menu.
SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The following screen Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the COMMUNICATION
displays. field. The following screen displays.

Diagnostic-Communication Information Diagnostic-Game Test
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : Exit
Exit Change:
Change: Return
Return System Information Line #1 :
System Information Line #1 : Touch Screen Next item
Touch Screen Next item In-Port Line #2 :
In-Port Line #2 : Out-Port Prev item
Out-Port Prev item Coin Acceptor Line #3 :
Coin Acceptor Line #3 : Bill Validator Select
Bill Validator Select Coin Hopper
Coin Hopper Ticket Printer
Ticket Printer CD-ROM Drive
CD-ROM Drive Sound
Sound Screen
Screen Communication Information
Communication Information Game Test
Game Test I/O Test Extras
I/O Test Extras
Checks the communication information. The audit key exits the Checks the game. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to the
moves to the previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where
the item where the cursor is placed. The COMMUNICATION the cursor is placed. The GAME TEST field is highlighted. Press the
INFORMATION field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES SELECT 3 LINES button. The following screen displays.
button. The following screen displays. Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-GAME
MAINTENANCE
TEST
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Exit
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-COMMUNICATION
MAINTENANCE SYSTEMINFORMATION
(KMS) Audit Key : Change:
Exit Return
Change: Line #1 :
Rom code & version : COMM1 0US1F000001 Return King's Legend Next item
Line #2 :
Communication port configurations Return to previous menu. Prev item
Protocol Address Condition Line #3 :
Comm port1 Off Select
Comm port2 Off
Comm port3 SAS 001 Good
Ticket data
Location :
Not received
Street address :
Not received
City/State/Zip :
Not received
Ticket expires :
Ticket never expires
The audit key exits the K.M.S. and the CHANGE button returns the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next
to the previous menu. Press the CHANGE button to return to the item, the SELECT 2 LINES button moves to the previous item and the
diagnostic menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the cursor is placed.
GAME TEST field. The following screen displays. The KING’S LEGEND field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3
NOTE: This screen is game specific and is subject to change
depending on the installed game.

Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 1 Position Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 3 Position
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-COMBINATION
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
TEST(KMS) Audit Key : Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Exit KONAMI
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
TEST(KMS) Audit Key :
Change: Exit
Return Change:
Denomination $0.05 [91.97%] Line #1 : Return
Next Denomination $0.05 [91.97%] Line #1 :
Line #2 : Next
0 0 0 0 0
Inc (+) 0 0 0 0 0 Line #2 :
Line #3 : Inc (+)
Dec (-) Line #3 :
Dec (-)
Total Line 1 5 10 20 30
Bet per Line 1 2 3 4 5 Total Line 1 5 10 20 30
Total Bet 1 Bet per Line 1 2 3 4 5
Total Won 1 Total Bet 1
Scatter Won 1 Total Won 1
Hand 2X Sofa so good Scatter Won 1
Hand 2X Sofa so good
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
the next figure, the SELECT 2 LINES button increments the item the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to
once for each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button the next figure, the SELECT 2 LINES button increments the item
decrements the item once for each time pressed. The reel symbols once for each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button
change to reflect the changed stop position and the total won displays decrements the item once for each time pressed. The reel symbols
the game outcome with stops selected. Press the SELECT 1 LINE change to reflect the changed stop position and the total won displays
button to move to the next item The following screen displays. the game outcome with stops selected. Press the SELECT 1 LINE
button to move to the next item. The following screen displays.
Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 2 Position
Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 4 Position
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
Exit
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Change:
KONAMI
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
Return
Exit
Denomination $0.05 [91.97%] Line #1 :
Change:
Next
Return
0 0 0 0 0 Line #2 :
Denomination $0.05 [91.97%] Line #1 :
Inc (+)
Next
Line #3 :
0 0 0 0 0 Line #2 :
Dec (-)
Inc (+)
Line #3 :
Dec (-)
Total Line 1 5 10 20 30
Bet per Line 1 2 3 4 5
Total Bet 1
Total Line 1 5 10 20 30
Total Won 1
Bet per Line 1 2 3 4 5
Scatter Won 1
Total Bet 1
Total Won 1
Scatter Won 1
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
the next figure, the SELECT 2 LINES button increments the item the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to
once for each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button the next figure, the SELECT 2 LINES button increments the item
decrements the item once for each time pressed. The reel symbols once for each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button
change to reflect the changed stop position and the total won displays decrements the item once for each time pressed. The reel symbols
the game outcome with stops selected. Press the SELECT 1 LINE change to reflect the changed stop position and the total won displays
button to move to the next item. The following screen displays. the game outcome with stops selected. Press the SELECT 1 LINE
button to move to the next item. The following screen displays.

Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 5 Position Diagnostic-Game Test-Bet Per Line
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
TEST(KMS) Audit Key : KONAMI
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
Exit Exit
Change: Change:
Return Return
Denomination $0.05 [91.97%] Line #1 : Denomination $0.05 [91.97%] Line #1 :
Next Next
0 0 0 0 0 Line #2 : Line #2 :
0 0 0 0 0
Inc (+) Inc (+)
Line #3 : Line #3 :
Dec (-) Dec (-)
Total Line 1 5 10 20 30 Total Line 1 5 10 20 30

Bet per Line 1 2 3 4 5 Bet per Line 1 2 3 4 5
Total Bet 1 Total Bet 1
Total Won 1 Total Won 1
Scatter Won 1 Scatter Won 1
Hand 2X Sofa so good Hand 2X Sofa so good
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to
the next figure, the SELECT 2 LINES button increments the item the next figure, the SELECT 2 LINES button increments the item
once for each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button once for each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button
decrements the item once for each time pressed. The reel symbols decrements the item once for each time pressed. The total won
change to reflect the changed stop position and the total won displays displays the game outcome with the bet per line selected. Press the
the game outcome with stops selected. Press the SELECT 1 LINE CHANGE button to move to combination test screen. Press the
button to move to the next item. The following screen displays. CHANGE button again to return to the days off screen and once
more to return to the diagnostic menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE
Diagnostic-Game Test-Total Line button to tab to the I/O TEST EXTRAS field. The following screen
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
displays.
KONAMI
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM
Exit
Change:
Return Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras
Denomination $0.05 [91.97%] Line #1 : Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Next KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
0 0 0 0 0 Line #2 : Exit
Inc (+) Change:
Line #3 : Return
Dec (-) System Information Line #1 :
In-Port Line #2 :
Out-Port Prev item
Coin Hopper
Ticket Printer
CD-ROM Drive
Sound
Screen
Total Line 1 5 10 20 30 Communication Information
Bet per Line 1 2 3 4 5 Game Test
Total Bet 1 I/O Test Extras
Total Won 1
Scatter Won 1 Return to previous menu.
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to
the next figure, the SELECT 2 LINES button increments the item
once for each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button I/O TEST EXTRAS
decrements the item once for each time pressed. The total won Item Description
displays the game outcome with the total line selected. Press the
EM Counter Checks the operation of the EM
SELECT 1 LINE button to move to the next item. The following counter.
screen displays.
Prog. & SDS Outputs the progressive port signal
and SDS signal.
UART Checks the UART (Universal
Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter).
Option In-Port Checks the operation of the in-port.

EM Counter
I/O TEST EXTRAS Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-EM
MAINTENANCE
COUNTER
Item Description
Exit
Change:
Return
Option Out-Port Checks the operation of the out-port. EM Counter # 1 Cash Out
EM Counter # 2 Reset
Return to previous menu Returns to the previous menu. EM Counter # 3

EM Counter # 4
Line #1 :
Next item
EM Counter # 5 Line #2 :
Checks the operation of the EM counter, the UART, the option- EM Counter # 6
Prev item
in port and the option out-port. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the EM Counter # 8
EM Counter # 9
Increase (+)
CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE EM Counter #10
button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to the [ 130 ] EM COUNTER ACCESSED
[ 130 ] EM COUNTER 1 ERROR
previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where [ 130 ] EM COUNTER 2 ERROR
the cursor is placed. The I/O TEST EXTRAS SCREEN field is

highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button. The following screen [ 130 ]
[ 130 ]
EM
EM
COUNTER
COUNTER
5 ERROR
6 ERROR
displays. [ 130 ]
[ 130 ]
EM
EM
COUNTER
COUNTER
7 ERROR
8 ERROR
Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-EM Counter
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Increments the EM counters 1-5 where the cursor is placed by
Audit Key :
Exit
one using the SELECT 3 LINES button. The audit key exits the
Change:
Return
K.M.S, the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The CASH
EM Counter Line #1 :
UART Next item
OUT button resets the EM counter error. The SELECT 1 LINE button
Option In-Port Line #2 :
Option Out-Port Prev item

Line #3 :
Select moves the cursor to the next item. The SELECT 2 LINES button
moves the cursor to the previous item. The SELECT 3 LINES button
increments the EM counter. Use the preceding procedure to increment
EM counters 2-5. Press the CHANGE button to return to the I/O test
extras screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the UART
Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-UART

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Exit
Change:
Return
Checks the operation of the EM counter. The audit key exits the EM Counter
UART
Line #1 :
Next item
K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to the previous menu, the Option In-Port
Option Out-Port
Line #2 :
Prev item
SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES Line #3 :
Return to previous menu. Select
the item where the cursor is placed. The EM COUNTER field is
displays.
Checks the operation of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver

Transmitter. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button
the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES moves to the previous item and
the SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the cursor is
placed. The UART field is highlighted. Press the SELECT 3 LINES
button. The following screen displays.

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-UART
MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : OPTION IN PORT
Exit
Change:
Return Port
Under Flow Sensor

Communication Check = Stop On/Off
COM#--------------TRY-------------GOOD---------------FAIL-------------DOWN--
Coin Switch #2
COM2 0 0 0 0
COM3 0 0 0 0
Coin Acceptor Tilt
COM4 0 0 0 0 Coin Acceptor Sense
Coin Acceptor Credit
Coin Drop Sensor #1
Coin Drop Sensor #2
Coin Drop Sensor #3
Coin Drop Sensor #4
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to Coin Reserved
the previous menu and the SELECT 3 LINE button initiates the UART Bill Validator Failure
test. Press the CHANGE button to return to the I/O test extras screen.
Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the OPTION IN-PORT Bv Reserved #1
field. The following screen displays. Bv Reserved #2
Printer Failure
Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-Option In-Port
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Printer Paper Low
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Exit Printer Paper Carrier5
Change:
Printer Paper Carrier4

Return
UART Next item
Option In-Port
Option Out-Port
Line #2 :
Prev item
Line #3 :
Return to previous menu. Select Printer Paper Carrier2
Handle Home
Handle Start
Handle Return
Circuit Breaker 24vDC-1

Checks the operation of the in-port. The audit key exits the
SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to the next item, the
SELECT 2 LINES moves the cursor to the previous item and the
SELECT 3 LINES button enters the item where the cursor is
placed. The OPTION IN-PORT field is highlighted. Press the
SELECT 3 LINES button. The following screen displays.

Option In-Port
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 OPTION-OUT PORT
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-OPTION
MAINTENANCEI/OSYSTEM
PORT (KMS) Audit Key :
Port
EM Counter # 1 EM E # 1
E Counter Exit
Under Flow Sensor [ N/A ] Change:
Coin Switch #2 [ ON ] Return
Coin Acceptor Tilt
Coin Acceptor Sense
[ OFF ]
[ OFF ]
Hopper Escalator
Coin Acceptor Credit [ OFF ]
Coin Drop Sensor #1 [ ON ] Hopper Brake
Coin Drop Sensor #2 [ N/A ]
Coin Drop Sensor #3 [ N/A ] Hopper Reverse
Coin Drop Sensor #4 [ N/A ]
Coin Reserved
Bill Validator Failure
[ N/A ]
[ N/A ]
Power Save Fl Lamp
Bv reserved #1 [ N/A ]
Bv Reserved #2 [ N/A ] Power Save Screen
Printer Failure [ N/A ]
Printer Paper Low [ N/A ] Handle Solenoid
Printer Paper Carrier5 [ N/A ]
Option Out-Port
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Handle Home [ N/A ]
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC-OPTION
MAINTENANCEI/OSYSTEM
PORT (KMS) Audit Key :
Handle Start [ N/A ]
EM Counter # 1 EM E # 1
E Counter Exit
Handle Return [ N/A ]
Hopper Escalator [ N/A ] Change:
Circuit Breaker 24vDC-1 [ OFF ]
Hopper Brake [ N/A ] Return
Hopper Reverse [ N/A ] Line #1 :
Next item
Power Save Fl Lamp [ OFF ] Line #2 :
Checks the operation of the in-port. The indication of the Power Save Screen [ OFF ]
Line #3 :
Prev item
applicable part changes from “OFF” to “ON”. “N/A” appears for the Handle Solenoid [ N/A ] Select
item not mounted. The audit key exits the K.M.S. and the CHANGE
button returns to the previous menu. Press the CHANGE button to
return to the I/O test extras screen. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button
to tab to the OPTION OUT-PORT field. The following screen displays.
Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-Option Out-Port

Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
DIAGNOSTIC
Exit
Change:
Return
Checks the operation of the out-port. The indication of the

UART Next item
Option In-Port
Option Out-Port
Line #2 :
Prev item applicable part changes from “OFF” to “ON”. “N/A” appears for the
Line #3 :
Select item not mounted. The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button
the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button moves to the previous item
and the SELECT 3 LINES button selects the item where the cursor is
placed. Press the CHANGE button to return to the I/O test extras
screen. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the diagnostic
menu. Press the CHANGE button again to return to the K.M.S. menu.
Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab to the CLOCK & MISC. field.
item, the SELECT 2 LINES button moves to the previous item and the
SELECT 3 LINES button selects the item where the cursor is placed.

Clock & Misc. Out of Service
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40 KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS)
Audit Key :
Exit
Exit
Change:
Change:
Return
Return
Game Recall Next item
Game Recall Next item
Event
Event Line #2 :
Line #2 :
Options Options Prev item
Prev item
Diagnostic Diagnostic Line #3 :
Line #3 :
Clock & Misc. Select Clock & Misc. Select
Out of Service Out of Service
Exit the KMS. Exit the KMS.
The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to The audit key exits the K.M.S., the CHANGE button returns to
the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves to the next the previous menu, the SELECT 1 LINE button moves the cursor to
item, the SELECT 2 LINES button moves to the previous item and the the next item, the SELECT 2 LINES button moves the cursor to the
SELECT 3 LINES button selects the item where the cursor is placed. previous item and the SELECT 3 LINES button selects the item where
Press the SELECT 3 LINES button to enter the selection. The the cursor is placed. Press the SELECT 3 LINES button. The
Apr./20/2004 7:23:40
KONAMI
CLOCK &MAINTENANCE
MISC. SYSTEM (KMS) Audit Key : KONAMI MAINTENANCE SYSTEM (KMS)
EM Counter # 1 EME Counter
E # 1 Exit
Date & Time April /20/2004 9:25:39 Change:
Return
Save changes to backup. Increase (+)
Line #2 :
Decrease (-)
Line #3 :
Next figure
OUT OF SERVICE
Checks and changes the date and time of the internal clock and Displays “Out of Service” message and locks the machine.
other data setting. Date & Time Inputs the date and time of the internal When “Out of Service” message appears on this screen, no
clock in the following format: month/day/year hour:minute:second machine function is allowed. Turn the Reset Key Switch (returns to the
When the item is selected, the audit key exits the K.M.S., the previous menu) or Audit Key (returns to the game screen).
CHANGE button returns to the previous menu. The SELECT 1 LINE
button moves the cursor to the next item. The SELECT 2 LINES
button moves the cursor to the previous item. The SELECT 3 LINES
button selects the item where the cursor is placed.
When setting up the value of an option, the audit key exits the
SELECT 1 LINE button increments the value once for each time
pressed on the cursor. The SELECT 2 LINES button decrements the
value once for each time pressed and the SELECT 3 LINES button
moves to the next figure. Set the clock, then press the CHANGE button
to return to the K.M.S. menu. Press the SELECT 1 LINE button to tab
to the OUT OF SERVICE field. The following screen displays.

Jumper Sockets JP5 and JP6:
The options on the cabinet, including the bill validator, are set Selects the sound mixer board. The sound mixer board is
by the jumper sockets on each board. This section describes the optional. Use connectors CNI03 and CNI04 to connect it to the
jumper sockets and how to set each option. IOAB-2. Both the jumper sockets must be the same setting.
I/O Drive A Board (IOAB-2)

JP2, JP3 and JP4:
Selects the required special drive circuit when the WBS-11-SS
is used as a bill validator. All the jumper sockets must be the same
setting.
JP
5
JP
6
1
2
3
4
3 JP
2 JP
JP
1
2
3
JP5, 6 JUMPER SETTINGS

4
Position Description
3 JP
JP
J P2 1-2 Not used (default)
1
2
3 2-3 Used
JP2, 3, 4 JUMPER SETTINGS

JP7, JP8 and JP9:
Selects the sound effect IC (YSS915).
The sound effect IC is optional. All the jumper sockets must
1-2 Dedicated to the JCM WBA (default) be the same setting.
2-3 2-3: Normal RS-232C level (MARS)

JP
7
JP
8
JP
9
1
2
3

LS240 (IC socket):
JP7, 8, 9 JUMPER SETTINGS Changing these two ICs to LS244 reverses the polarity of the
communication port to the SDS unit from negative logic to positive logic.
1-2 Not used (default)
2-3 Used
I/O Drive B Board (IOBB-2)

JP1
The following shows the jumper connections between 1 and 2,
S
N
74
LS
24
0N
and 2 and 3 for the JP1.
S
N
74
LS
24
0N
LS240 IC SETTINGS
IC Description
LS240 Negative Logic (Default).
LS244 Positive Logic

1
2
JP
3
JP1 JUMPER SETTINGS

1-2 0: Brake On.
1-2 1: Brake Off
2-3 0: Brake Off
2-3 1: Brake On


Module 3
Par ts
ts,, Assemb
arts lies & Hardw
Assemblies are
Hardware
Overview
This module describes part removal and installation and WARNING: Power to the machine must be turned off prior
includes an illustrated parts manual. This manual is intended for to cleaning the inside of the machine or removing any
experienced maintenance personnel working on gaming machines. mechanical or electrical assembly. Unplug the machine.
• Removal WARNING: Hazardous high voltage exists within the

Describes how to remove components cabinet even with machine power off and the power cord
from the cabinet. Note that you may need unplugged! Use extreme caution when removing electrical
special tools depending on the type of assemblies to avoid injury. Discharge body static BEFORE
component removed. touching PCBs to avoid damaging electrostatic sensitive
components. Only qualified personnel should attempt
• Disassembly
servicing this machine.
Describes how to disassemble the
components. Disassemble the component
removed from the cabinet into parts on Required Tools
which maintenance can be performed. Phillips Screwdriver (No. 1 And No. 2)
• Assembly Small Phillips Screwdrivers (No. 0 And No. 1)
Describes how to assemble the parts. 4 To 13mm Nut Driver Set Or Ratchet Set
Use caution when reconnecting 4 To 13mm Wrench Set
harnesses to ensure proper operation. 3/16” To 7/8” Nut Driver Set Or Ratchet Set
Incorrect assembly may cause 3/16” To 7/8” Wrench Set
malfunctions or failures. 22 To 24mm Double-end Wrench
• Installation Hand Riveter
Needle-Nose Pliers
Describes how to install the components
Pliers
in the cabinet. Voltage and Amperage Tester
CAUTION: Konami Gaming Inc. cannot be held liable for Crimping Tool For Connectors
damages or injuries caused by improper or unsupervised Plastic Ties
installation, modification, or use of equipment not Wire Stripper
manufactured or approved by Konami Gaming Inc. This Pin Extractor
equipment is designed as a gaming device for amusement Mounting Tool For Play Buttons (Star Point)
only, for sale and use in jurisdictions permitting such devices. IC Extractor
Distributors, Operators, and Users are not to modify the Wire Cutters
equipment for any other use. Konami Gaming Inc. cannot
be held liable for damages or injuries resulting from use or
modification of this equipment.
CAUTION: PCB’s may contain a lithium battery. Danger of

explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only
with the same, or equivalent type recommended by the
manufacturer.

Commonly-Used Hardware Functional Overview
The following table shows the hardware that this electronic This chapter describes names and functions of the main
gaming machine uses. Using incorrect hardware may damage the parts. Use the illustrations below to identify the major components.
equipment. Signal Tower
Hardware Employed:
COMMONLY USED HARDWARE
Par t Number Descr iption
450002 PIN, SPRING, .125 DIA X .375 LONG Feature Glass
450014 NUT, HEX KEP, 4-40
450015 NUT, HEX KEP, 6-32 Player Tracking
450016 NUT, HEX KEP, 8-32 Bracket
450049 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 6-32X1/4

450086 SCREW, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M4X8
Touch Screen Audit/Reset
450103 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 10-32X1/2 Keyswitch
450107 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 4-40X1/4
450108 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 4-40X3/8 Hard Meters
450110 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 6-32X1/4 Button Panel
450115 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 8-32X1/4 Main Doorlock
Coin Head
450117 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 8-32X3/8 Belly Door
450120 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M3X4 Ticket Printer
450121 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M3X5 Belly Glass Main Doorlatch
450123 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M3X8
450125 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M4X4 Bill Entry
Belly Doorlatch
450128 SCREW, SEMS, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M4X8
Coin Bowl Belly Doorlock
450144 NUT, NYLOK, 2-56 Serial Plate
450146 GUIDE, PCB, 6IN, HSG, CPU
450152 SCREW, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, M2X10 CPU
Housing Lock
450160 SPRING, EXTENSION, .25DIA X 1LONG
CPU Housing
450161 SCREW, CONNECTOR MOUNTING
450163 RIVET,POP,1/8"DIA X 3/8" LONG
Upper Fluorescent
450164 E-RING,3MM SHAFT SIZE X .5MM GROOVE Assembly
450165 SPRING, SOLENOID (Behind Top Door)
450166 E-RING,.343ID X .039 GROOVE
Speaker
450176 WASHER, #8 FLAT
LCD
450182 SCREW, WOOD,PHILLIPS HEAD,#8 X 5/8
450183 SPACER, #6, .25 DIA x .25 LONG, NYLON
Power
540191 SCREW, PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 2-56 X 1/2 Supply
450222 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, M3X8 Ticket
450282 NUT, HEX, NYLOCK, 8-32 Printer
450285 WASHER, FENDER, #10 OD 1"X7/32 ID X 3/64 Bill

Validator
450356 STAY DOOR, 9.5"
450367 SPRING CLIP Hopper
450389 TAG, SECURITY
Bill Validator
450391 NYLON,SPACER,d .140, D .250, L .220
450392 SCREW,SEMS,PAN HEAD PHILLIPS, 8-32-7/8
Coin Mech
450393 SCREW,SEMS,PAN HEAD PHILLIPS,8-32-7/16
450394 SCREW,SEMS,PAN HEAD PHILLIPS,8-32-3/16
450395 SPRING,MAIN DOOR,LATCH,K2V Woofer

Parts Removal Belly Door Switch
Describes how to remove components from the cabinet. Removal
Note that special tools may be needed depending on the type of Open the belly
component being removed. door. Remove all wires
from the back of the
Main Door switch. Note wire
Switch locations for future
reference during
Removal
installation. Gently
Open the main
grasp the belly door
door. Remove all
switch from the sides
wires from the back
behind the mounting
of the switch. Note
bracket and push the
wire locations for
switch forward.
future reference
Installation
during installation.
Insert the switch
Gently grasp the
from the front of the
main door switch
machine. Gently push
from the top and
the switch into the
bottom behind the
bracket until it seats. Connect the wires to the terminals. Close and
mounting bracket
lock the belly door. Close the main door.
and push the switch
forward.
Installation Switch Wiring
Insert the switch from the front of the machine. Gently push Each wire of the
the switch into the bracket until it seats. Connect the wires to the switch harnesses is marked
terminals. Close and lock the main door. to indicate terminal position.
Use this illustration to ensure
Topbox Door Switch the switch is connected
correctly.
Removal
Open the topbox door.
Remove all wires from the
back of the switch. 2 6 5 1
Note wire 4 3
locations for
future
reference
COM1 NC1 NO1 NO2 NC2 COM2
during (1-C) (1-NC) (1-NO) (2-NO) (2-NC) (2-C)
installa-
tion.
Gently DOOR SWITCH WIRE LOCATIONS
grasp the Location Color Code
topbox door
Terminal 1 White Stripe on Black
switch from the
sides below the mounting Terminal 5 White Stripe on Blue
bracket and push the switch up. Terminal 4 Blue
Installation
Terminal 2 Brown Stripe on Black
Insert the switch from the top of the machine. Gently push
the switch into the bracket until it seats. Connect the wires to the
terminals. Install the topbox door. Close and lock the main door.

Hopper Logic Unit
Removal Removal
Open the main Turn off machine
door. Grasp the hopper power. Open the main door.
by the handle and slide Open the logic unit door.
forward. Unplug all connectors from
Installation the logic unit. Remove the
Align the hopper two 6-32 screws. Remove
into the two hopper the logic unit
guides. Firmly insert the Installation
hopper making sure the Install logic unit.
hopper plug is fully Install the two 6-32 screws.
connected to the power Connect all harnesses.
control panel connector. Close and lock the logic unit
door. Turn on main power.
Power Supply Close and lock the main door.
Removal
Open the main
door. Unscrew the I/O Dr iv
ivee B Board (IOBB-2)
Driv
power supply mounting Remo
Removval
panel fastener. Slide the Turn off machine power.
power supply assembly Open the topbox door. Open the
forward until it clears the logic unit door. Pull the two
mounting rails. locking clips forward and pull
Installation the I/O drive B board out
Slide the power until it clears the mounting
supply into the mounting guides.
rails and push back until Installation
the power supply Slide the I/O
connector is securely drive B board
seated. Tighten the into the
power supply mounting panel fastener. mounting
guides.
Bill Validator Slide back
Removal until the
Open the main edge connector seats. Secure the locking clips. Lock the logic unit
door. Open the bill door. Lock the main door. Turn on main power.
cassette door. Remove
the cash cassette box I/O Dr iv
Driv eA Board (IO
iveA AB-2)
(IOAB-2)
by depressing the cash Remo
Removval
box latch and sliding the Turn off machine power.
box forward. Remove Open the topbox door. Open
the three M4 X 4 screws the logic unit door. Pull the
from the left side of the two locking clips forward
enclosure. Remove the and pull the I/O drive B
four 6-32 X 1/4 screws board out until it clears the
from the back of the bill mounting guides.
validator. Remove the bill Installation
validator. Slide the I/O drive A
Installation board into the
Install the bill validator. Insert the four 6-32 X 1/4 screws into the mounting guides.
back of the bill validator. Insert the three M4 X 4 screws into the left side Slide back until
of the enclosure. Install the cash cassette box by depressing the cash the edge
box latch and sliding the box to the back of the bill validator housing. connector seats.
Close and lock the bill cassette door. Close and lock the main door. Secure the

Communication Board (COMB-2)
Communication
locking clips. Lock the logic unit door. Lock the main door. Turn on
Remo
Removval
main power.
Turn off machine power. Open the
main door. Open the logic unit
CD/Logic Unit door. Pull the two locking
Removal clips forward and pull the
Turn off machine power. Open the main door. Open the logic communication board out
unit door. Unplug all connectors from the CD/ until it clears the mounting
logic unit. Remove the two 6-32 guides.
screws from the CD ROM Installation
housing. Remove the housing. Slide the
Installation communica-
Slide the CD ROM tion board
housing into position. Slide into the
back until the mounting mounting
tabs are aligned. guides. Slide
Install the two back until
6-32 screws. the edge connector seats. Secure the locking clips. Lock the logic
Connect all unit door. Lock the main door. Turn on main power.
harnesses to
the CD/logic Logic Unit Switch
unit. Lock the Removal
logic unit door. Lock the main door. Turn on main power. Disconnect the
harness from the
Main Control Board (MCTB) switch. Remove
Removal the two 2-56 X
Place the CD/logic unit on a 1/2 screws
clean, stable surface. Remove from the switch.
the nine M3 screws from the Remove the
unit. Remove the board. switch.
Installation Installation
Place the board on Place
the CD/logic unit. Install the the switch on the
nine M3 screws. mounting bracket.
Install the two 2-56 x 1/2
screws. Connect the harness.
Backplane Board (BCKB-3)

Backplane
Remo
Removval
Turn off machine power. Open the main
door. Open the logic unit door. Remove the I/
O Drive A board, the I/O Drive B board, the
CD/logic assembly, and the Comb board.
Disconnect all harness from the
backplane board. Remove the
CD/Logic assembly from the
top box. Remove the fifteen 4-
40 screws from the backplane
board. Remove the backplane
board.

Installation Belly Glass
Place the backplane board in position. Install the fifteen 4-40 Removal
screws in the backplane board. Install the CD/Logic assembly. Open the main
Install the harnesses. Install the I/O Drive A board, the I/O Drive B door. Turn off machine
board, the CD/logic assembly, and the Comb board. Lock the logic power. Open the belly
unit door. Lock the main door. Turn on main power. door. Disconnect the
harnesses from the
Key Switch belly light assembly.
Remo
Removval Loosen, but do not
Turn off machine power. remove the two 6-32
Open the main door. Disconnect nuts. Remove the belly
the wires on the back of the light assembly. Remove
switches. Remove the 3/4” nut. the belly artwork.
Installation Remove the belly glass
Insert the switch. Install the Installation
3/4” nut. Connect the wires to the Install the belly glass.
terminals. Turn on main power. Install the belly artwork. Install the belly
Lock the main door. light assembly. Install the two nuts. Connect
the harnesses to the belly light assembly. Close
Printer Assembly the belly door. Turn on machine power. Close the main door.
Removal
Turn off Power Control Assembly
machine power. Removal
Open the main Open the
door. Disconnect main door. Turn
the harnesses from off machine
the printer power. Remove
assembly. the hopper.
Remove the four 6- Disconnect the
32 screws. harnesses from
Remove the the control panel
printer. assembly.
Installation Remove the
Install the three 8-32 nuts.
printer. Install the four Remove the two
screws. Connect the printer 8-32 screws.
harness. Turn on main power. Close Remove control panel
the main door. assembly.
Installation
Feature Glass Install the control panel assembly. Install the two 8-32
Removal screws. Install the three 8-32 nuts. Connect the harnesses to the
Open the main door. control panel assembly. Install the hopper. Turn on machine power.
Remove the top box door by Close the main door.
lifting it up and back.
Remove the feature glass by
sliding it up and out of the
mounting brackets.
Installation
Install the feature
glass. Install the topbox
door. Turn on main
power. Close the main
door.

LCD Unit
Bill Validator Door Switch Assembly Removal
Removal Turn off machine power. Open the
Open the main main door. Disconnect all harnesses
door. Turn off machine connecting the LCD assembly.
power. Remove the Remove the four screws
hopper. Remove the securing the LCD.
bill validator. Discon- Remove the LCD.
nect the harness from Installation
the bill validator door Align the LCD to
switch assembly. the four mounting
Remove the two 8-32 holes. Install the four
nuts. Remove the bill screws. Connect the
validator door switch harnesses to the LCD.
assembly. Turn on main power.
Installation Lock the main door.
Install bill
validator door switch Speakers
assembly. Install the Removal
two 8-32 nuts. Turn off machine power. Open the main door. Remove the
Connect the har- wires from the speakers. Remove the four 6-32 nuts from the
nesses to the bill speakers. Remove the speakers. Remove the wood speaker
validator door switch plates.
assembly. Install the Installation
bill validator. Install the hopper. Turn on machine power. Close the Slide the
main door. wood speaker
plates on to the
Door Lock Sensor mounting studs.
Removal Slide the
Open the main speakers on to
door. Turn off the mounting
machine power. studs. Tighten the
Disconnect the four nuts.
harness from the Connect the
optic sensor. Remove speaker wires.
the 6-32 nut from the Turn on main
door lock power. Lock the
sensormounting main door.
bracket. Remove the
4-40 X 1/4 screw Meter Unit
from the sensor. Removal
Remove the optic Open the main
sensor. door. Turn off machine
power. Disconnect the
Installation meter harness.
Align the hole Remove the four 8-32
in the optic sensor to nuts from the meter
the mounting bracket. Install the 4-40 screw. Connect the harness unit. Remove the meter
to the optic sensor. Turn on machine power. Close the main door. unit. Remove the
Use the same procedure to remove and install the door side optic acrylic meter cover.
sensor. Installation
Install the
acrylic meter cover.
Install the meter unit. Install the four 8-32 nuts on the meter unit. Connect
the meter harness. Turn on main power. Lock the main door.

Par ts Man
arts ual
Manual
HARNESSES INSTALLED Main Machine Assembly ...................................................... 97
Main Cabinet 1 Assembly .................................................... 98
Part Number Description Main Cabinet 2 Assembly .................................................... 99
110046 HRNS,DOOR F.G.
Main Door 1 Assembly ........................................................ 100
Main Door 2 Assembly ........................................................ 101
110050 HRNS,HOPPER Main Topbox (Casino) Box Assembly ................................... 102
330334 Main Topbox (Casino) Door Assembly .................... 102
110053 HRNS,BILL VALIDATOR (JCM) Main Topbox (Extended) Box Assembly ............................... 102
110055 HRNS,BILL STACKER SWITCH 1 (JCM) 330335 Main Topbox (Extended) Door Assembly ................ 102
Main Topbox (Round) Box Assembly ................................... 103
110056 HRNS,BILL STACKER SWITCH 2 (JCM) 330336 Main Topbox (Round) Door Assembly ..................... 103
330095 Bill Validator Housing Assembly .............................. 103
110231 HRNS,AC INLET,NSR
330099 BV Door Switch Assembly ...................................... 103
110234 HRNS,AC INSIDE 330094 Power Control Panel Assembly ............................... 104
330297 CPU Housing Assembly ......................................... 104
110301 HRNS,FL BALLAST 330303 Power Supply Assembly ......................................... 105
110302 HRNS,FL TUBE SOCKET
330003 Hard Meter Assembly ............................................. 105
330300 Coin Bowl Assembly ............................................... 105
110305 HRNS,KS,POWER SUPPLY 330173 Bolster Assembly .................................................... 106
330304 Coin Handling Assembly ......................................... 106
110306 HRNS,KS,CABINET,AC/DC
330302 Belly Door Assembly .............................................. 106
110307 HRNS,KS,CABINET,SWITCH 330035 Seiko Printer Assembly ........................................... 106
330058 Ithaca 850 Printer Assembly ................................... 106
110309 HRNS,KS,PRINTER,SEIKO 330039 Ithaca 860 Printer Assembly ................................... 106
110312 HRNS,KS,BILL VALIDATOR,MARS
330305 Printer,Seiko,Gen 2 Assembly ................................ 107
330301 Coin Panel Assembly .............................................. 107
110314 HRNS,KS,PLAY BUTTON,5REEL 330111 Top Box Fluorescent Assembly ............................... 107
330344 Assy,Pnl, Light Reflt. Ext. Top Box ........................... 107
110315 HRNS,KS,COIN TRACK
330152 Fluorescent Lt. Assembly Round Top Box ............... 107
110323 HRNS,AS,BALLAST,R-TOP 330012 Ballast & Starter Assembly ..................................... 108
330299 Button Panel (Multi-Line) Assembly ........................ 108
110324 HRNS,KS,DROP DOOR SWITCH (OPTIONAL) 530218 19” LCD Assembly .................................................. 108
310001 Bill Validator Assembly (JCM WBA 13) ................... 108
310010 Bill Validator Assembly (JCM WBA 12SS) .............. 108
310027 Bill Validator Assembly (Mars ZT-1207) .................. 108
310092 Bill Validator Assy (MARS,SC66XX,Cashflow) ........ 108
Hopper Assembly ................................................................ 109
330367 Bill Entry Assembly ................................................. 109
330368 Bill Entry Assembly (69MM) ................................... 109
630004 Signal Tower, Two Tier, Chrome (Tall) ...................... 109
630007 Signal Tower, Two Tier, Chrome (Short) .................. 109
630016 Signal Tower, Two Tier, Gold (Short) ....................... 109
630015 Signal Tower, Two Tier, Gold (Tall) ........................... 109
630025 Signal Tower,3 Tier,Short,Chrome .......................... 109
630026 Signal Tower,3 Tier,Short,Gold ................................ 109
330001 CD/Logic Assembly ............................................... 110
330103 CD/Logic Assembly (Low Profile) ........................... 110
330171 CD Assembly (Low Profile) ..................................... 110
330296 Door Sensor Assembly (Cabinet) ........................... 110
330295 Door Sensor Assembly (Door) ................................ 110

Main Machine Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X3/8 (9) 7. N/A Assy, Door, Main
2. 450103 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 10-32X1/2 (8) 8. N/A Assy, Topbox Box
3. 630004 Twr,Two-tier,Tall 9. 330334 Assy, Topbox Door (Casino)
630007 Twr,Two Tier,Short 330335 Assy, Topbox Door (Extended)
630015 Twr,Two Tier,Tl,Gold 330336 Assy, Topbox Door (Round)
630016 Twr,Two Tier,Sh,Gold N/S 110046 Hrns,Door F.G. (2)
630025 Candle,3 Tier,Short,Chrome
630026 Candle,3 Tier,Short,Gold
4. 450356 Stay Door, 9.5" 3
5. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32

6. N/A Assy, Cabinet, Main

Main Cabinet 1 Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description em Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 130345 Wldmnt, K2v, Cabinet 17. 130258 Shelf, Reel, Weldment
2. 750006 Base, Cabinet, Wood 18. 450057 Screw, Flat Head, 8-32X3/8 (2)
3. 450182 Screw, Wood,Phillips Head,#8 X 5/8 (9) 19. 330296 Assy,Door Optic,Cabinet,KS
4. 330094 Assembly, Power Control Panel 20. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (4)
5. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X1/4 (12) 21. 190849 Btk,Cherry Switch,Mtg
6. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (22) 22. 490044 Switch,Cherry,E79-30A
7. 190026 Guide, Hopper, LF 23. 450395 Spring,Main Door,Latch,K2V
8. 190027 Guide, Hopper, RT 24. 450282 Nut, Hex, Nylock, 8-32 (2)
9. 190828 Bkt,Rtg,Main Door Latch Bar 25. 130343 Plate,Mtg,Power Supply,Weldment
10. 130338 Door Lift,Bar,Wldmt 26. 190604 Bkt., Mtg., Connector, Power Supply
11. 190845 Lock Bar,Main Door 27. 450161 Screw, Connector Mounting (2)
12. 230004 Nut, Retaining, Latch Bar (2) 28. 330303 Assembly, Power Supply
13. 230005 Bushing, Latch, Main Door (2) N/S 110309 Hrns,KS,Printer,Seiko
14. 230006 Nut, Bushing, Latch, Main Door (2) N/S 110307 Hrns,KS,Cabinet,Switch
15. 330099 Assembly, Switch, Bv Door N/S 110306 Hrns,KS,Cabinet,AC/DC
16. 330095 Assembly, BV Housing N/S 110053 Hrns,Bill Validator,JCM
1
2
20
0
12
2 9
19
23
23
11
4
24
6
10
5
14
4
7
13
3
17
21
18
8
8
15
22
2
28 25
5
16
6
26
7

Main Cabinet 2 Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 310001 Validator,Bill,WBA13 19. 310172 Assy,Printer,Seiko,Gen2
310027 Validator,Bill,MARS ZT-1207 330035 Assy.,Printer,Seiko PSA -66-ST
310092 Validator,Bill,MARS SC66XX,Cashflow 330039 Assy.,Printer,Ithaca 860
2. 450125 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M4 (3) 330058 Assy.,Printer,Ithaca 850
3. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X1/4 (4) 330208 Assy.,Printer,JCM
4. 410008 Entry,BV,I/F,JCM 20. 410142 Bezel,Next Gen, A.S.
410027 Entry,BV,I/F,MARS 21. 450121 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3X5 (4)
410038 Entry,BV,I/F,Mars 69mm 22. 530214 Pcb, Illumination, Future Logic, N/G
410039 Entry,BV,I/F,JCM 69mm 23. 830055 Decal,FCC,Disclaimer
410105 Entry, Bill, Cashflow, Multi-width, 1.5,Canadian 830136 Decal,FCC,Disclaimer (Clear)
410143 Bezel,Mars SC66 Cashflow,Black,U/R,US 24. 830079 Decal,Reset,Audit
5. 450167 Screw, Pan Head Phillips, M3X12 (2) 830135 Decal,Reset,Audit (Clear)
6. 410019 Tube, Drop 25. 310021 Hopper, Low Profile, 25¢
7. 450112 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X3/8 (7) 310019 Hopper, Low Profile, 5¢
8. 710000 Lock,Barrel,.625 Long 310020 Hopper, Low Profile, $1
9. 190306 Cam, Main Door 310084 Hopper,Low Profile, 50¢
10. 310025 Keyswitch, Rotary, Slide, Assembly 310089 Hopper,Asahi Seiko,L.P.,Side Eject,25¢
11. 130057 Plug,Reset Key 310090 Hopper,Asahi Seiko,L.P.,Side Eject,5¢
12. 450285 Washer, Fender, #10 Od 1"X7/32 Id X 3/64 310091 Hopper,Asahi Seiko,L.P.,Side Eject,$1
13. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 26. 410035 Holder, Error Code, 7.5 X 3.0 6 Mil, Plstc
14. 410018 Cover, Meter, Clear 27. 810007 Card, Error Code, Video
15. 330003 Meter, 5 Unit 28. 330297 Assy,CPU,New
16. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (4) 29. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X3/8 (2)
17. 190012 Plt,Serial Number,CUL N/S 490078 Cord,AC
18. 450163 Rivet,Pop,1/8"Dia X 3/8" Long (4)
27
7
26
6
13
3
12
9
24
10
11
16
6
15
5
28
8 8
2
14
4
29
9
1 23
3
18
8
17
6
7
4
5
21
21 19
9
3
22 20
0

Main Door 1 Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 130344 Weldment, Frame, Main Door
2. 190829 Crossmember, Mtg., Coin Bowl
3. 190841 Pnl,Side,Main Door,LF
4. 450112 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X3/8 (4)
5. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (23)
6. 190842 Pnl,Side,Main,Door,RT
7. 330173 Assy, Bolster, Main Door
9. 190843 Panel,Deck,Main Door
10. 330299 Assy, Button Panel, Multi Line
12. 330300 Assy, Coin Tray
13. 190827 Bkt, Cherry Switch, Act.
14. 330302 Assy, Belly Door, New
15. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (8)
16. 190826 Bkt,Mtg,LCD,Main Door (2)
17. 410139 Bezel,LCD,Venture Series
18. 530218 LCD 19"
19. 450123 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3X8 (4)
20. 330295 Assy,Door Optic,Door,KS
9 10 17
14
4
7
1
12
15
5
18
8
11
6 13
3 4 8 5 19
9 20 16
6

Main Door 2 Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X3/8 (32) 610029 Backplate, 50¢ Token, 1.170 Dia. X .075 Thick
2. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (18) 14. 450222 Screw, Flat Head, M3X8 (2)
3. 130222 Exit, Coin, Door,Weldment 15. 330301 Assembly, Coin Panel
4. 230001 Guide, Pin, Slide Lock, Belly Door 16. 530000 Comparitor, 5 Cent, Huc17, Coin Mech
5. 450166 E-ring,.343id X .039 Groove 17. 490152 Clamp, Vinyl Coated, 2 1/2, Black
6. 230002 Pin, Actuation, Slide Lock, Belly Door 18. 530140 Woofer, NSR
7. 710000 Lock,Barrel,.625 Long 19. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X1/4 (14)
8. 190713 Cam, Lock, Main & Belly, Door 20. 450356 Stay Door, 9.5"
9. 190006 Bkt, Coin Head Mnt 21. 330337 Assy,Bill Entry,U/R
10. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (4) 330338 Assy,Bill Entry (69mm)
11. 610002 Head, Coin 22. 190816 Dtl., Bkt., Speaker
12. 450086 Screw, Pan Head Phillips, M4X8 (4) 23. 190839 Bezel,Exit Chute,Printer
13. 610003 Backplate,Coin, 25¢ 24. 410138 Trim,Side,Main Door,LF
610004 Backplate,5¢ 25. 410137 Trim,Side,Main Door,RT
610007 Backplate,$1 26. 190836 Hinge, Door, Main
610008 Backplate,Coin,5¢ Token 27. 190750 Speaker Grill (2)
610009 Backplate,Coin,10¢ Token 28. 750000 Plate, Speaker (2)
610011 Backplate,Coin,50¢ Token 29. 530029 Speaker, Rect., 8 Ohm, 5 Watt (2)
30. 450014 Nut, Hex Kep, 4-40 (11)
31. 130340 Crossmember,Top,Weldment
32. 130377 Plate,Cover,Mult. Denom,KS.wldmnt
33. 190874 Bkt,Mtg,Mult. Denom,Cover
24
4
20
14
4
13
3
25
5 11 26
6
31
32
32
22
21 27
28
8
29
12
2
30
30
4
33
33
6
7 15
5
8 9
10
0
18
8 19
9 2 3 23
3
32
32 16
17

Main Topbo
opboxx (Casino) Bo
Boxx Assembly
Assembly Main Topbo
opboxx (Extended) Bo
Boxx Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 130350 Top Box, Casino, Wldmnt, NP 1. 330012 Ballast&Starter
2. 330012 Ballast&Starter 2. 190822 Bkt., Rtg., Glass, Bottom, Top Box
3. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (2) 3. 190823 Bkt., Rtg., Glass, Top, Top Box
4. 190012 Plt,Serial Number,CUL 4. Gl-1034 Glass, Extended, Top Box, New Pl.
5. 450163 Rivet,Pop,1/8"Dia X 3/8" Long (4) 5. 330111 Light, Fluorescent, Top Box, Casino
6. 190822 Bkt., Rtg., Glass, Bottom, Top Box 6. 490003 Lmp,Fl,F15t8/Cw,Huc17
7. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (12) 7. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (12)
8. 190823 Bkt., Rtg., Glass, Top, Top Box 8. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (2)
9. Gl1002 Layout, Glass, Door, Top Box 9. 190583 Panel, PTM, Blank
10. 490044 Switch,Cherry,E79-30A 10. 190012 Plt,Serial Number,CUL
11. 190583 Panel, Ptm, Blank 11. 450163 Rivet,Pop,1/8"Dia X 3/8" Long (4)
12. 330111 Light, Fluorescent, Top Box, Casino 12. 450112 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X3/8 (2)
13. 450112 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X3/8 (2) 13. 490044 Switch,Cherry,E79-30A
14. 490003 Lmp,Fl,F15t8/Cw,Huc17 14. 130348 Top Box, Extended, Wldmnt, New Plat.
1
4 5 5 14
3
2 1 8
13 7 11
7
8 10 3
10
13
11 4
14 12
9
2 12
6 6 9
330334 Main Topbo

opboxx (Casino) Door Assembly
Assembly 330335 Main Topbo
opboxx (Extended) Door Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 190820 Bkt., Rtg., Glass, Bottom, Top Box 1. 190820 Bkt., Rtg., Glass, Bottom, Top Box
2. 190821 Bkt., Rtg., Glass, Top, Top Box 2. 190821 Bkt., Rtg., Glass, Top, Top Box
3. 410133 Crossmember,Lower,Door,Tb 3. 410133 Crossmember,Lower,Door,Tb
4. 410134 Crossmember,Upper,Door,Tb 4. 410134 Crossmember,Upper,Door,Tb
5. 190831 Hook, Lwr, LF, Top Box Dr 5. 190831 Hook, Lwr, LF, Top Box Dr
6. 190832 Hook, Lwr, RT, Top Box Dr 6. 190832 Hook, Lwr, RT, Top Box Dr
7. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X1/4 (2) 7. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X3/8 (4)
8. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X3/8 (2) 8. 450392 Screw,Sems,Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X7/8 (2)
9. 450392 Screw,Sems,Pan Head Phillips, 8-32-7/8 (2) 9. 450394 Screw,Sems,Pan Head Phillips,8-32X3/16 (2)
10. 450393 Screw,Sems,Pan Head Phillips,8-32-7/16 (2) 10. 410130 Trim,Door,Ext Top Box,LF
11. 410135 Trim,Door,Casino,Top RT 11. 410131 Trim,Door,Ext Top Box,RT
12. 410136 Trim,Door,Casino,Top,LF
11
11 4
4 2
2
8 8
6
9
6
10
1
3 12
3
10 7 9 5
7 5

Main Topbo
opboxx (Round) Bo
Boxx Assembly
Assembly 330095 Bill Validator Housing Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 130349 Top Box, Round, Wldmnt, Np 1. 190095 Bracket, Switch, Dual, Cash Box
2. 190583 Panel, Ptm, Blank 2. 190048 Cam, Door, BV
3. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X1/4 (4) 3. 190598 Door, BV
4. 330152 Assy, Fluorescent, Top Box, Round 4. 130260 Housing, BV, Weldment
5. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (4) 5. 710000 Lock,Barrel,.625 Long
6. 190280 Bkt, Mnt, Switch, B\V Door 6. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (2)
7. 490044 Switch,Cherry,E79-30A 7. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (4)
8. 490316 Lmp, Fl, Round, 22W 8. 450144 Nut, Nylok, 2-56 (4)
9. 190110 Mount, Candle, Round Top 9. 490046 Switch,Omron,Sbmin,W/Roller Actuator (2)
10. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X3/8 (2) N/S 110056 Hrns,Bill Stacker Switch 2 (JCM)
11. 190012 Plt,Serial Number,CUL N/S 110055 Hrns,Bill Stacker Switch 1 (JCM)
12. 450163 Rivet,Pop,1/8"Dia X 3/8" Long (4)
9
1 7
6
1
8
4
9
12
5
11
3
4
2
10
0
3 5
7 6
8
2
330336 Main Topbo

opboxx (Round) Door Assembly
Assembly 330099 BV Door Switch Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 190915 Bkt,Mtg,Top Box Door, Rnd. 1. 190596 Bracket, Switch, BV Door
2. 190835 Bkt., Door, Hook, LF, Round Top 2. 450144 Nut, Nylok, 2-56 (2)
3. 190834 Bkt., Door, Hook, RT., Round Top 3. 490050 Switch,Omron,Sbmin, W/Lever Actuator
4. 410133 Crossmember,Lower,Door,Tb N/S 110054 Hrns,Bill Door Switch
5. 410132 Door,Rd Top Box,Venture S.
6. 190831 Hook, Lwr, LF, Top Box Dr
1
7. 190832 Hook, Lwr, RT, Top Box Dr
8. Gl1005 Layout, Glass, Round Top
9. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (2)
10. 190838 Rtnr, Glass, LF
11. 190837 Rtnr, Glass, RT
1 12
5
7
3
2
11 3
4
14
8 9 10 2 13 6
330094 P
Poower Control Panel Assemb
Panel ly
Assembly 330297 CPU Housing Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 530032 Connector, AC 1. 130339 CPU,Hsg,New,Wdmt
2. 830074 Decal,AC 115V In, 10A 2. 530054 Fan, Logic Box, 600mm Harness
3. 830236 Decal,AC 115V In,Arrow 3. 190070 Fan,Guard,3.25" Mounting
4. 830058 Decal,Checking Or Replacing Fuse 4. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (8)
5. 830061 Decal,Earth Ground 5. 190035 Door, Housing, CPU
6. 830068 Decal,Fuse,250V,2A,115VAC (3) 6. 710000 Lock,Barrel,.625 Long
7. 830069 Decal,Fuse,250V,5A,115VAC 7. 190020 Cam, Lock, CPU Door
8. 830235 Decal,Master Fuse,250V 10A 115VAC,Arrow 8. 530219 PCB,1.5 KS Backplane
9. 830075 Decal,Master Fuse,250V,10A 115VAC 9. 450108 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40X3/8 (14)
10. 830056 Decal,Replace Same Fuse (2) 10. 450146 Guide, PCB, 6in, Hsg, CPU (6)
11. 830234 Decal,Switched Outlet,Max 1A 11. 530013 PCB,I/OAB-2
12. 830057 Decal,Turn Off Power,Electric Shock 12. 330001 Unit, CD/Logic
13. 830138 Decal,Unswitched Outlet,1A Max 13. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X1/4 (2)
14. 490290 Filter, Noise, NSR 14. 530012 PCB, I/OBB-2
15. 490036 Fuse,10A,Dia6.4X31.8 15. 530014 PCB, COMB-2
16. 490033 Fuse,2A,Dia6.4X31.8 (3) N/S 450389 Lock,Wire,Security
17. 490034 Fuse,5A,Dia6.4X31.8 4
18. 490055 Holder,Fuse,3453lF1-010 (5) 3
19. 490056 Holder,Fuse,Knob,3453lF1-020 (5) 5
6 2
20. 190589 Housing, AC Box
21. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (2)
7
22. 490079 Outlet, Convenience, 120 Volt (3) 9
23. 450161 Screw, Connector Mounting (2)
N/S 110050 Hrns,Hopper 8
N/S 110234 Hrns,AC Inside
N/S 110231 Hrns,AC Inlet,NSR 15
5
4 12
2
7
11
14
4
10
0 1
13
3
12
2
17
7 11
1
10
0
20
20
3
NOTE : Each 6-32 screw secures a grounded connection
8
2 between the backplane board and the game. All screws
23
23
1
are required for proper operation.
18
8
15
5
9 19
9
16
6 2 6 5
21
13
3 14
4
CA UTION : Incorrect fuse replacement can result in

CAUTION
damage, injury or serious bodily harm. Replace fuses with
ones of the same type and electrical rating.

330303 P
Poower Supply Assembly
Assembly 330003 Hard Meter Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 190592 Bkt., Retaining, SSR 1. 130032 Bkt, Meter, Wldmnt
2. 190848 Bkt.,Rtg, Power Supply 2. 830064 Decal,Meters,Coin To Cashbox
3. 190591 Cover, Power Supply 3. 830065 Decal,Meters,Jackpot Balance
4. 830080 Decal, Service Phone Number 4. 830066 Decal,Meters,Total Bill
5. 830076 Decal,Main Power,On/Off 5. 830062 Decal,Meters,Total In
6. 830056 Decal,Replace Same Fuse 6. 830063 Decal,Meters,Total Out
7.. 190825 Housing, Power Supply 7. 530021 PCB,Counter BD-2
8. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 8. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X1/4 (2)
9. 490288 Power Supply,24V 1
14. 490289 SSR,I/O,Power Supply
15. 490359 Supply,Power,12V 150W 8
16. 490067 Switch, Rocker, Illuminated, Mini Euro Style
N/S 110305 Hrns,KS,Power Supply
3
12
2 5
10
0 6
9
7 2
15
5
8 330300 Coin Bowl Assemb
Bowl ly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
11
1. 190575 Backplate, Coin Bowl
2. 190840 Bkt., Mtg., Coin Tray (2)
3. 190670 Bottom, Coin Bowl
5 4. 610033 End Cap, Coin Bowl, LF
5. 610032 End Cap, Coin Bowl, RT
16
7
6. 450049 Screw, Flat Head, 6-32X1/4 (2)
13
3
5
14
4 3
7
2 6
1
4
6 4
8
2

330173 Bolster Assembly
Assembly 330302 Belly Door Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 310173 Bolster, Main Door 1. 130346 Frame, Door, Belly, Weldment
2. 410100 End Cap,Door (2) 2. 860131 Gls,Bly,KS,Clear
3. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32X1/4 (4) 3. 130347 Frame, Belly, Main Door,Weldment
4. 310179 Belly Door,Light Pnl
1 5. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (10)
6. 190008 Hinge, Door, Belly
7. 450391 Nylon,Spacer,D .140, D .250, L .220 (4)
2
7
3 4
3
330304 Coin Handling Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description 2
1. 190824 Bkt., Guide, Drop Chute

2. 190817 Bkt., Mtg., Lower, Coin Handling
3. 230010 Bushing,Guide,Cn Diverter
4. 410012 Chute, Reject
5. 130040 Chute,Drop,Coin
6. 190063 Chute,Hopper
7. 410021 Clip, Mount, Acceptor, Coin (2) 6
8. 410010 Diverter 1
9. 450164 E-ring,3mm Shaft Size X .5mm Groove (3) 5
10. 190819 Frame, Coin Handling
11. 130037 Guide,Coin Handling,Wldmnt NOTE : This assembly can accept both glass with art printed
12. 190818 Link, Actuator Diverter on it and clear glass and art printed on the film (shown on
13. 450016 Nut, Hex Kep, 8-32 (2) this drawing).
14. 230012 Pin, Pivot, Diverter
15. 450002 Pin, Spring, .125 Dia X .375 Long
16. 230014 Pin, Stop, Diverter 330035 Seik
Seikoo Pr inter Assemb
Printer Assemblyly
17. 450049 Screw, Flat Head, 6-32X1/4 (4) 330058 Ithaca 850 Pr inter Assemb
Printer ly
Assembly
18. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40X1/4 (5) 330039 Ithaca 860 Pr inter Assemb
Printer ly
Assembly
19. 450109 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X1/2
20. 450110 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 6-32X1/4 (4) Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
21. 450120 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3X4 (2) 1. 410026 Bezel, Seiko Printer
22. 490065 Sensor,Photo,Aleph 2. 190136 Bkt., Mnt., Illumination PCB, Prntr, Seiko
23. 530026 Solenoid,Diverter (Gm#88653) 3. 530039 PCB, Illumination, Bezel, Printer, Seiko
24. 450165 Spring, Solenoid 4. 310006 Printer, Seiko, PSA-66-ST
N/S 110315 Hrns,KS,Coin Track 310039 Printer, Ithaca 860
10
0 17
7
7 23
3 310037 Printer, Ithaca 850
15
5 5. 450167 Screw, Pan Head Phillips, M3X12 (2)
21
7. 190135 Tray, Ticket, Prntr, Seiko, 200 Ticket Capy
24
2 4 190195 Tray, Ticket, Prntr, Ithaca, 200 Ticket Capy
12
2
16
6 18
9 7
3
14
4
4
20
13
3 22
2 2 1
8 5
6 19
9
3
1
11
1
2
2
5

330305 Pr inter
Printer ,Seik
,Seikoo,Gen 2 Assemb
inter,Seik ly
Assembly 330111 Top Bo
Boxx Fluorescent Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 310172 Assy,Printer,Seiko,Gen2 1. 830059 Decal,Heated Surface
2. 410142 Bezel,Next Gen, A.S. 2. 190611 Panel, Fl Lamp, Top Box
3. 530214 PCB, Illumination, Future Logic, N/G 3. 490051 Socket,Fluorescent (2)
4. 450121 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3X5 (4) N/S 110302 Hrns,FL Tube Socket
1
330344 Assy,Pnl, Light Reflt. Ext. Top Box

4
3 Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 190916 Pnl, Light Reflector, Ext.top Box
2. 490051 Socket,Fluorescent (4)
N/S 110302 Hrns,Fl,Tube Socket (2)
330301 Coin Panel Assemb
Panel ly
Assembly
1
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 230000 Bushing, Slide Lock, Belly Door (2)
2. 130033 Chute, Drop, Wldmnt
3. 130223 Chute, Hopper, Door, Weldment
4. 330304 Coin Handling
5. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32
6. 130227 Panel, Coin, Main Door, Weldment
7. 450115 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x1/4 (6)
8. 450117 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 8-32x3/8 (3)
9. 190577 Slide Bar, Belly Door
10. 450183 Spacer, #6, .25 Dia X .25 Long, Nylon
11. 450160 Spring, Extension, .25dia X 1long
2
12. 490044 Switch,Cherry,E79-30A
13. 450176 Washer, #8 Flat
330152 Fluorescent Lt. Assembly Round Top Bo
Assembly Boxx
6
1
4 Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
10
0
5 1. 490315 Ballast, Round Fl., FC8T9
11
1 2. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32 (5)
9 3. 190647 Panel, Fl, Lamp, Round, Top Box
4. 490051 Socket,Fluorescent (2)
8 5. 450367 Spring Clip (3)
N/S 110302 Hrns,Fl Tube Socket
N/S 110323 Hrns,As,Ballast,R-top
12
2 3
13
3
2 1
7 3
2 5 4

330012 Ballast & Star ter Assemb
Starter ly
Assembly 530218 19” LCD Assembly
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 490054 Ballast,13-22watt
2. 830060 Decal,Caution,High Voltage
3. 450015 Nut, Hex Kep, 6-32
4. 190051 Plate, Ballast/Starter
7. 490052 Socket,Starter
8. 490001 Strtr,FS2,Huc17
N/S 110301 Hrns,Fl Ballast
4
7
3 NO
NOTETE : LCD parts are covered by a Direct Exchange
2
System. Please contact your Konami representative for more
information when ordering these parts.
310001 Bill Validator Assemb ly (JCM WBA 13)

Assembly
310010 Bill Validator Assemb ly (JCM WBA 12SS)
Assembly
310027 Bill Validator Assemb ly (Mars ZT
Assembly -1207)
ZT-1207)
1 310092 Bill Validator Assy (MARS ,SC66XX,Cashflo
(MARS,SC66XX,Cashflo w)
,SC66XX,Cashflow
5
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
330299 Button Panel (Multi-Line) Assemb
Panel ly
Assembly 1. N/A Chassis,Bill Validator,JCM,WBA13
2. 310000 Box,Cash,ForBV,WBA 12 & 13
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description 310029 Box,Cash,For/BV,MARS ZT-1207
1. 490323 Button, Large, Rect, LED, W/Clear Lens (2) 310093 Box,Cash,Mars SC Series,Cashflow
2. 490324 Button, Small, Square, LED, W/Clear Lens (12) 3. 310014 Head,Bill Validator,JCM,WBA 13
3. 190844 Panel, Button, Multi-line 4. 310015 Transport,Bill Validator,JCM,WBA 13
N/S 110314 Hrns,KS,Play Button,Multi-line 310028 RTU, Bill Validator, MARS ZT-1207
2 1
NO
NOTETE : Bill Validator parts are covered by a Direct Exchange
Hopper Assembly
Assembly 630004 Signal Tower
er,, Two Tier
Tier,, Chrome (T all)
(Tall)
630007 Signal Tower
er,, Two Tier
Tier,, Chrome (Shor
(Short) t)
630016 Signal Tower
er,, Two Tier
Tier,, Gold (Shor
(Short) t)
630015 Signal Tower
er,, Two Tier
Tier,, Gold (T all)
(Tall)
630025 Signal Tower,3 Tier
er,3 ,Shor
Tier,Shor t,Chrome
,Short,Chrome
630026 Signal Tower,3 Tier
er,3 ,Shor
Tier,Shor t,Gold
,Short,Gold
NO
NOTETE : Hopper parts are covered by a Direct Exchange
330367 Bill Entr

Entryy Assembly
Assembly
330368 Bill Entr
Entryy Assembly (69MM)
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 830093 Decal,Insert Bill,Bill Entry,UR SIGNAL TOWER FILTER
2. 410007 Entry,Bill,Door PART NUMBERS
3. 410020 Guide,Bill(A),Door
Part
410040 Guide,Bill,69mm,Main Door Description
Number
4. 530212 PCB,KS,Bilb,Bill Entry, Ill
630001 FILTER,TALL,YLWE
5. 190043 Plate,Entry,Door
6. 410006 Plex,Entry,Bill 630002 FILTER,TALL,RED
7. 450121 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, M3X5 (2) 630005 FILTER,TALL,BLUE
630008 FILTER,TALL,ORANGE
9. 190042 Stay,Entry,Bill,Door
630009 FILTER,TALL,GREEN
1 630018 FILTER,TALL,PINK
630010 FILTER,SHORT,RED
630011 FILTER,SHORT,BLUE
630012 FILTER,SHORT,YLW
6
630013 FILTER,SHORT,GREEN
630014 FILTER,SHORT,ORANGE
7
630017 FILTER,TALL,BROWN
630018 FILTER,TALL,PINK
3 2
630019 FILTER,SHORT,BROWN
630020 FILTER,SHORT,PINK
5 FILTER,YELLO/GREEN/BLUE,MU-
630021
LTI-DENOM
FILTER,YELLOW/ORANGE/BLUE,-
4 630022
MULTI DENOM
630023 FILTER,2 TIER,SHORT,PURPLE
630024 FILTER,2 TIER,TALL,PURPLE
9 8

330001 CD/Logic Assemb ly
Assembly
330103 CD/Logic Assembly (Lo
Assembly w Profile)
(Low 330296 Door Sensor Assembly (Cabinet)
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 190036 Box, CD-ROM Dr, Logic 1. 190846 Bkt,Mtg,Door Optic, Cabinet, KS
2. 310003 Drive, CD ROM 2. 490354_1 Optic, Door Switch, Door Side, Puerto Rico
330171 Drive,CD-ROM (Low Profile) 3. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40x1/4
3. 530030 PCB,Unit,Mn Cntrl-1 & Non-vol Mem Bds-2 3
4. 450191 Screw, Pan Head Phillips, 2-56 X 1/2 (2)
7. 490046 Switch, Micro, Logic Box
2
N/S 110002 Hrns, Power Supply, CD ROM
N/S 110001 Hrns, Ribbon Cable, CD ROM Drive 1
N/S 110003 Hrns, Switch, Door, Logic Box
3 5
4
330295 Door Sensor Assembly (Door)
Assembly
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1 1. 190847 Bkt,Mtg,Door Optic, Door, KS
2
2. 490354_2 Optic, Door Switch, Cabinet Side, Puerto Rico
7 3. 450107 Screw, Sems, Pan Head Phillips, 4-40X1/4
2 3
NO TE : 530030 is sold as an assembly. The PCB, Main
NOTE
Prcssr, MCTB-2 can be ordered using Part# 530019. The
PCB, Non Volatile Mem BD-2 can be ordered using Part#
530020.
330171 CD Assembly (Lo
Assembly w Profile)
(Low 1
Item Par
artt # Descr iption
Description
1. 190581 Bkt., CDD(A), Logic
2. 190582 Bkt., CDD(B), Logic
3. 310088 CD-ROM Drive, Low Profile, Teac, CD-224E
4. 530147 CDROM, Drive, Atapi (I/F PCB)
5. 450147 Screw, Pan Head Phillips, M2X3 (4)
6. 450151 Screw, Pan Head Phillips, M2X8 (2)
N/S 110260 Hrns,CD-ROM Adapter
1
4
6
5

Module 4
Troubleshooting 4
Troubleshooting Charts
Use the following charts to troubleshoot and diagnose errors.
Door Status Errors

CAUTION: Distributors, Operators, and Users are not to
modify the equipment for any other use. Konami Gaming, DOOR STATUS
Inc. cannot be held liable for damages or injuries resulting Screen
from use or modification of this equipment. Konami Gaming, Code Description Solution Reset
Message
Inc. cannot be held liable for damages or injuries arising
Main Door Main Door Was Close Main
from improper or unsupervised installation, modification, or 010 Auto
Open Opened. Door.
use of equipment not manufactured or approved by Konami
Gaming, Inc. This equipment is designed as a gaming device 011 None
Main Door Was No Action
No
for amusement only, for sale and use in jurisdictions Closed. Required.
permitting such devices. Drop Door Drop Door Was Close Drop
012 Auto
Open Opened. Door.
CAUTION: Only QUALIFIED PERSONNEL should service
Drop Door Was No Action
this machine. Personal injury or damage to the equipment 013 None
Closed. Required.
No
can be caused by improper service or maintenance.
Logic Door Logic Door Was Close Logic
014 Auto
Open Opened. Door.
Logic Door Was No Action

Reset/Start Errors 015 None
Closed. Required.
No
RESET/START 016
Sub Door Sub Door Was Close Sub
Auto
Open Opened. Door.
Screen
Code Description Solution Reset Sub Door Was No Action
Message 017 None No
Closed. Required.
No Action
001 None Reset/Start No Close Bill
Required. Bill Door Bill Door Was
018 Stacker Auto
Open Opened.
Door.
Bill Door Was No Action

019 None No
Closed. Required.
Close
Maintenence Maintenence Door
020 Maintenenc- Auto
Door Open Was Opened.
e Door
Maintenence Door No Action

021 None No
Was Closed. Required.
Fill Box Door Fill Box Door Was Close Fill

022 Auto
Open Opened. Box Door.
Fill Box Door Was No Action

023 None No
Closed. Required.
Top Box Top Box Door Was Close Top

024 Auto
Door Open Opened. Box Door.
Top Box Door Was No Action

025 None No
Closed. Required.

Attendant Pay Codes
ATTENDANT PAY COIN ACCEPTOR/DIVERTER

Screen Screen
Code Description Solution Reset Code Description Solution Reset
Message Message
Attendant Attendant Pay Jackpot Reset Illegal Coin In

080 Coin
Pay Occured. Reset. Key Signal Pulse Check Coin Reset
108 Acceptor
Failed Port Is Coin Acceptor. Key
Attendant Pay No Action Malfunction
081 None No In Sensor.
Reset. Required.
Diverter Coin Diverter Unit Check Coin Reset
Jackpot Reset 109
082 Jackpot Jackpot Hit. Malfunction Malfunction. Diverter. Key
Reset. Key
Coin Coin In Signal
No Action Check Coin Reset
083 None Jackpot Reset. No 110 Acceptor Sequence Error
Required. Acceptor. Key
Malfunction Detected.
Progressive Progressive Hit Jackpot Reset Coin In Signal

084 Coin
n (n=Level) Reset. Key Sequence Error Check Coin Reset
111 Acceptor
Detected Acceptor Acceptor. Key
Progressive No Action Malfunction
085 None No Or Coin In.
Reset. Required.
Hopper Errors
Coin Acceptor/Diverter Errors
HOPPER
COIN ACCEPTOR/DIVERTER
Screen
Screen Code Description Solution Reset
Code Description Solution Reset Message
Message
Check
Coin Acceptor Hopper
Check Coin Reset Hopper is Empty Hopper. Reset
100 Coin In Error Abnomality 120 Empty or
Path. Key Or Jammed. Attendant Key
Detected. Jam
Reset.
Coin In Signal Check
Attendant Reset
101 Coin In Error Sequence Error Coin Out Hopper Coin Out Hopper. Reset
Reset. Key 121
Detected. Switch Jam Sensor Is Faulty. Attendant Key
Reset.
Diverter Coin Diverter Unit Attendant Reset
102
Malfunction Malfunction. Reset. Key Hopper Hopper Overpaid
Attendant Reset
122 Overpay Coins.
Illegal Coin In Reset. Key
Coin n coin(s) n = paid coins
Signal Pulse Check Coin Reset
103 Acceptor
Failed Port Is Acceptor. Key Hopper Hopper Runaway
Malfunction Attendant Reset
Sense. 123 Runaway Detected.
Reset. Key
n coin(s n = paid coins
Illegal Coin In
Coin
Signal Pulse Check Coin Reset Hopper Hopper Is Check
104 Acceptor 124 Auto
Failed Port Is Acceptor. Key Disconnect Disconnected. Hopper.
Malfunction
Credit.
Reset Hopper No Action
Illegal Coin In 126 None No
Coin Overpay Error. Required.
Signal Pulse Check Coin
105 Acceptor No
Failed Port Is Acceptor. Reset Hopper No Action
Malfunction 127 None No
Drop. Runaway Error. Required.
Coin In Detected
During Inhibition Of
Extra Coin In Coin In (n = Attendant Reset
106
n coin(s) number of Reset. Key
inappropriate coin
in.
Reset Extra Coin No Action

107 None No
In. Required.

Electromechanical Meter Errors Bill Validator Errors
ELECTROMECHANICAL METERS BILL VALIDATOR
Screen Screen
Message Message
Check EM Check
EM Counter EM Counter Was
130 Counter Auto Cable
Accessed Accessed. BV Not Bill Validator Is Not
Circuit. 220 Connections Auto
Ready Ready.
To Bill
Check Validator.
EM Counter EM Counter 1 is Connections
131 Auto
1 Error Disconnected. To EM Bill Validator Has
BV Device Check Bill
Counter 1. 221 A Hardware Auto
Failure Validator.
Failure.
Check
EM Counter EM Counter 2 is Connections Remove
132 Auto
2 Error Disconnected. To EM Bill Jam In Bill Jam Detected Jammed Bill
222 Auto
Counter 2. Acceptor In Acceptor. From Bill
Validator.
Check
EM Counter EM Counter 3 is Connections Remove
133 Auto
3 Error Disconnected. To EM Bill Jam In Bill Jam Detected Jammed Bill
223 Auto
Counter 3. Stacker In Stacker. From
Stacker.
Check
EM Counter EM Counter 4 is Connections Collect Bills
134 Auto Bill Stacker Bill Stacker Full
4 Error Disconnected. To EM 224 From Bill Auto
Full Detected.
Counter 4. Stacker.
Check Bill Stacker

EM Counter EM Counter 5 is Connections Bill Stacker Removed Attach Bill
135 Auto 225 Auto
5 Error Disconnected. To EM Removed (Detected By Bill Stacker.
Counter 5. Validator).
Check Bill Stacker Bill Cashbox Is Not Check Bill

226 Auto
EM Counter EM Counter 6 is Connections Not Ready Ready. Valiidator.
136 Auto
6 Error Disconnected. To EM
Counter 6. BV Header Bill Validator Head Check Bill
227 Auto
Error Removed. Validator.
Check
EM Counter EM Counter 7 is Connections Bill Transport Bill Transport Attach Bill
137 Auto 228 Auto
7 Error Disconnected. To EM Removed Removed. Transport.
Counter 7.
Check
Check Link Was Down Cable
BV Com
EM Counter EM Counter 8 is Connections 229 Between Gaming Connections Auto
138 Auto Error
8 Error Disconnected. To EM Machine. To Bill
Counter 8. Validator.
Check Cheat Status

Check Bill
EM Counter EM Counter 9 is Connections 230 BV Error Returned By Bill Auto
139 Auto Validator.
9 Error Disconnected. To EM Validator.
Counter 9.
Status Buffer Full Check Bill
231 BV Error Auto
Check Detected. Validator.
EM Counter EM Counter 10 is Connections
140 Auto Bill Validator
10 Error Disconnected. To EM Check Bill
Counter 10. 232 BV Error Control Error Auto
Validator.
Detected.
Bill Validator Error

Bill Stacker Check Bill
233 Occurred During Auto
Error Validator.
Bill Stacking.

DCNB (Door Connector PCB) Errors RTC (Real Time Clock) Errors
DCNB (Door Connector PCB) RTC (Real Time Clock)

Screen Screen
Message Message
DCNB DCNB Reboot

270 Auto RTC Timer Error Reset
Disconnect Disconnected. 300 RTC Error Machine. If
Detected. Key
Error
Failed Reccurrs,
271 DCNB Error Communication Auto Failed Check Main Reset
(BUSY 0) 301 RTC Error Communication Control Key
BUSY. PCB.
Failed
272 DCNB Error Communication Auto
(BUSY 1) EL (Electronic Key) Errors
Failed
273 DCNB Error Communication Auto EL (Electronic) KEY
(BUSY 2)
Screen
Failed Code Description Solution Reset
Message
(BUSY 3) Set
EL Key Electronic Key Electronic Reset
Failed 310
Removed Removed. Key Key
Correctly.
(BUSY 4)
EL Key Electronic Key Attendant Reset
Failed 311
Changed Was Replaced. Reset. Key
(ACK 0) Replace
EL Key CRC CRC Error Reset
312 Electronic
Failed Error Detected. Key
Check Door Key.
Connector
(ACK 1) Replace
PCB circuit. EL Key Data Electronic Key Reset
313 Electronic
Failed Lost Data Lost. Key
Key.
(ACK 2) Replace
EL Key Type Electronic Key Reset
314 Electronic
Failed Error Type Is Different. Key
Key.
(ACK 3) Failed Reset
315 EL Key Error Check
Communication. Electronic Key
Failed
280 DCNB Error Communication Auto Key. If Error
Bus Error Reset
(ACK 4) 316 EL Key Error Reoccurrs,
Detected. Key
Check Main
Failed Control Reset
281 DCNB Error Communication Auto 317 EL Key Error Alarm Detected. PCB. Key
(BUSY 5)
Failed
(BUSY 6)
Failed
(ACK 5)
Failed
(ACK 6)

Communication Errors Touch Screen Errors
COMMUNICATION TOUCH SCREEN
Screen Screen
Message Message
Connect Connection Failed

Communication TS Connect Check
COM Communic- 450 to Touch Screen Auto
400 PCB Is Auto Error Connection.
Disconnect ation PCB Device.
Disconnected.
Correctly.
TS Initial Device Reboot Reset
451
Invalid CPLD On Replace Error Initialization Error. Machine. Key
COM CPLD
401 Communication Communic- Auto
Error TS Communication
PCB. ation PCB.
452 Communica- Data Buffer Auto
COM Replace tion Error Overflowed.
Dual Port RAM
402 DPRAM Communic- Auto
Access Error. Communication
Error ation PCB. TS
Error. (Unknown
453 Communica- Auto
Reboot Command
tion Error
No Data Has Machine. If Received).
Been Received Error
COM No TS Communication
403 From Reoccurrs, Auto Check
Response 454 Communica- Error (Send Data Auto
Communication Replace Touch
PCB. Communic- tion Error Error).
Screen.
ation PCB.
TS Communication
Reboot 455 Communica- Failed (Receive Auto
Machine. If tion Error Data Error).
Received Data In Error
COM Data Touch Screen
404 Dual Port RAM Is Reoccurrs, Auto
Error Controller Unable
Invalid. Replace TS Controller Reset
456 To Accept
Communic- Error Key
Communication
ation PCB.
Data.
COM ROM ROM Version Replace Reset
405
Version Does Not Match. Invalid ROM. Key
CD ROM Errors
Reboot
Machine. If CD ROM
Error
RAM Access Reset
406 COM RAM Reoccurrs, Screen
Error. Key Code Description Solution Reset
Replace Message
Communic-
ation PCB. Check CD
ROM.
CRC Error In Check
COM ROM Program ROM On Replace Reset CD ROM CD ROM Read Reset
407 480 Media.
CRC Communication Invalid ROM. Key Read Error Error Occurred. Key
Replace CD
PCB. ROM And
Or Media.
Communication No Action
410 None No
PCB Resets Start. Required. Check CD
ROM.
Check
Check
Connection CD ROM Communication Reset
481 Media.
Link Is Down Port On Misc. Error Error. Key
Replace CD
COM Host Between Machine Communic-
411 Auto ROM And
Timeout And External Host ation PCB
Or Media.
System. And
External CD ROM Replace
Host. Validation Code Reset
482 Validation Invalid CD
Does Not Match. Key
Error Media.
CD ROM Replace
CD ROM Media
483 Media Invalid CD Auto
Was Replaced.
Change Media.

Thermometer Errors Printer Errors
THERMOMETER PRINTER
Screen Screen
Message Message
Reboot Check The

Printer Printer Is Not
Machine. If 700 Printer Auto
Disconnect Connected.
Thermomet- Thermometer Error Connection.
Reset
500 er System Device Reoccurrs,
Key Reboot
Fail Malfunction. Check Main
Control Printer Off Machine.
701 Printer Is Off Line. Auto
PCB. Line Check
Printer.
Reboot
Machine. If Printer Printer Is Out Of Reset
702 Load Paper.
Thermometer Error Paper Out Paper. Key
Thermomet- Reset
501 Device Reoccurrs,
er Error Key Printer Paper Is Clear Reset
Malfunction. Check Main 703 Printer Jam
Control Jammed. Printer Jam. Key
PCB.
Reboot
Printer
Thermomet- Thermometer Check Main Received Data Is Machine. Reset
Reset 704 Communica-
502 er Data Device Control Not Valid. Check Key
Key tion Error
Error Malfunction. PCB. Printer.
Turn Off Printer Printer Power Was

Device Reset Attendant Reset
503 Machine 705 Power Off Lost While Printing
Overheat Key Reset. Key
Abnormal Until Cool. Error Ticket.
Temperature In
Logic Box. Turn Off To Reprint
Device Reset Ticket,
504 Machine
Overheat Key Reset
Until Cool.
Attendant.
Printer Power Was To Cancel
Circuit Breaker Errors Ticket Pay
Lost While Printing Print And
Reset
706 Ticket. Attendant Request
Error Key
Has Reset Code Hand-Pay,
CIRCUIT BREAKER 705. Turn The
Jackpot Key
Screen While
Code Description Solution Reset Pressing
Message
Cash Out.
Check
600 Circuit Breaker Candle,
601
24V DC
Tripped On I/O Diverter Or
Reset ROM Version Errors
Overload Key
602 Drive B PCB. Handle
Circuit. ROM VERSION
Screen
Code Description Solution Reset
Message
Replace
ROM
Invalid Reset
810 Version CRC Mismatch.
Program Key
Errror
ROM.

RAM Errors Low Battery Errors
RAM LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
Screen Screen
Message Message
All Clear Replace

Low Battery RTC Backup
Backup Data RAM Reset RTC Reset
821 Backup Data Error 881 Voltage Battery Voltage
Error Procedure Key Backup Key
(RTC) Drop.
Required. Battery.
Backup Data No Action Replace

822 None No Non-Volatile Non-Volatile
Reset. Required. Low Battery
Memory PCB0 Memory Reset
882 Voltage
Backup Battery PCB0 Key
EEPROM Errors (NVMB0)
Voltage Drop. Backup
Battery.
EEPROM Replace
Non-Volatile Non-Volatile
Screen Low Battery
Code Description Solution Reset Memory PCB1 Memory Reset
Message 883 Voltage
Backup Battery PCB1 Key
(NVMB1)
Voltage Drop. Backup
All Clear Battery.
EEPROM EEPROM Data RAM Reset
830
Data Lost Lost. Procedure Key
Required. Program Errors
Reboot
EEPROM Read Machine.
PROGRAM ERROR
EEPROM Reset
831 Check Error Check Main
Error Key Screen
Detected. Control Code Description Solution Reset
Message
PCB.
Reboot Serious
EEPROM Write Machine. Problem
EEPROM Reset Exists In
832 Check Error Check Main
Error Key Memory
Detected. Control
PCB. Game CRC Check Error Device.
Reset
890 Memory Detected During Reseat
Key
Corrupted Game. NVMB0
Option Change Errors &NVMB1.
Replace
OPTION CHANGE NVMB0
&NVMB1.
Screen
Message
Self Diagnostic On Boot Errors
No Action
840 None Option Changed. No
Required. SELF DIAGNOSTIC ON BOOT
Screen
Message
Reseat
NVMB0
Work RAM &NVMB1.
900 W/R Check Error. No
Error Replace
NVMB0
&NVMB1.
Replace
Program CRC Check Error Invalid
901 No
ROM Error Detected. Program
ROM.
Replace
Data ROM CRC Check Error
902 Invalid Data No
Error Detected.
ROM.

Self Diagnostic On Boot Errors (Cont.) Self Diagnostic On Boot Errors (Cont.)
SELF DIAGNOSTIC ON BOOT SELF DIAGNOSTIC ON BOOT
Screen Screen
Message Message
Connect Insert Non

Non Volatile
MCTB Main Control PCB Main NVMB1 Volatile
905 No 922 Memory PCB1 No
Disconnect Disconnected. Control Disconnect Memory
Disconnected.
PCB. PCB1.
Connect I/O Check AC

IOAB I/O Drive A PCB AC Monitor
906 Drive A No 925 AC Monitor Failed. Line (24V, No
Disconnect Disconnected. Fail
PCB And B. 115V)
Check Main
Connect I/O Backup
IOBB I/O Drive B PCB 926 W/R Check Error. Control No
907 Drive B No RAM Error
Disconnect Disconnected. PCB.
PCB.
Change
Connect
Backup Data Backup Data Was Electronic
General Purpose General 927 No
GPEB Cleared Cleared. Key And
908 External PCB Purpose No Reboot.
Disconnect
Disconnected. External
PCB. All Clear
Backup Data Backup Data RAM
Communication Connect 928 No
COMB Error Error. Procedure
909 PCB Communic- No Required.
Disconnect
Disconnected. ation PCB.
Replace
CPLD On Main Check Main Electronic Key Invalid
MCTB 930 EL Key Error No
910 Control PCB Control No Error. Electronic
CPLD Error
Disconnected. PCB. Key.
Check I/O Check

CPLD On I/O Drive A EL Key
IOAB CPLD Electronic Key Program
911 Drive A PCB PCB And No Error-Progr-
931 Does Not Match ROM, No
Error am ROM
Disconnected. Backplane Program ROM. Check EL
CRC
PCB. Key.
Check I/O Check Data

EL Key Electronic Key
CPLD On I/O Drive B ROM,
IOBB CPLD 932 Error-Data Does Not Match No
912 Drive B PCB PCB And No Check EL
Error ROM CRC Data ROM.
Disconnected. Backplane Key.
PCB.
EL Key Electronic Key Install EL
933 No
Check Removed Removed. Key.
General
CPLD On General Purpose All Clear
GPED EEPROM RAM
913 Purpose External External No 934 EEPROM Error. No
CPLD Error Error Procedure
PCB Error. PCB And
Backplane Required.
PCB.
Reseat
Sound
Check
935 Sound RAM RAM.
Communic- W/R Check Error. No
CPLD On 936 Error Replace
COMB ation PCB
914 Communication No Sound
CPLD Error And
PCB Error. RAM.
Backplane
PCB. Check CD
CD ROM Device ROM
Check Main Sound Data
Graphic 937 Failure Or Invalid Device. No
915 W/R Check Error. Control No Error
RAM Error Media Inserted. Check
PCB. Media.
Insert Non Check CD
Non Volatile
NVMB0 Volatile CD ROM Device ROM
921 Memory PCB0 No CD ROM
Disconnect Memory 940 Failure Or Invalid Device. No
Disconnected. Error
PCB0. Media Inserted. Check
Media.

CPU Exception Errors CPU Exception Errors (Cont.)
CPU EXCEPTION ERROR CPU EXCEPTION ERROR
Screen Screen
Message Message
Critical Check AC Replace

Instruction Instruction TLB
950 Interrupt Pin AC Monitor Failed Line (24V, No Main
962 TLB Miss Miss Exception No
Exception 115V) Control
Exception Occurred.
PCB.
Bus Error, Non-
Configured Replace Replace
Machine
Memory Error, Main Debug Debug Exception Main
951 Check No 963 No
Bank Protection Control Exception Occurred. Control
Exception
Violation Or PCB. PCB.
Timeout Occurred.
Replace Door Errors

Data Data Storage
Main
952 Storage Exception No DOOR ERRORS
Control
Exception Occurred.
PCB.
Screen
Replace Message
Instruction Instruction Storage
Main
953 Storage Exception No
Control Main Door Was Cleared By
Exception Occurred. Main Door Reset
PCB. 980 Opened During Attendant
Accessed Key
Power Off. Reset.
Replace
External Undefined External
Main Drop Door Was Cleared By
954 Interrupt Interrupt Exception No Drop Door Reset
Control 981 Opened During Attendant
Exception Occurred. Accessed Key
PCB. Power Off. Reset.
Replace Logic Door Was Cleared By

Alignment Logic Door Reset
Alignment Main 982 Opened During Attendant
955 Exception No Accessed Key
Exception Control Power Off. Reset.
Occurred.
PCB.
Sub Door Was Cleared By
Sub Door Reset
Illegal Instruction, 983 Opened During Attendant
Accessed Key
Trap Instruction, Or Replace Power Off. Reset.
Program Privileged Main
956 No Bill Door Was Cleared By
Exception Instruction In Control Bill Door Reset
Problem State PCB. 984 Opened During Attendant
Accessed Key
Occurred. Power Off. Reset.
Replace Check Door

System Call Logic Door Sensors
System Call Main Logic Door Reset
957 Instruction No 985 Register Writing And Door
Exception Control Port Key
Executed. Error Detected. Sensor
PCB.
Cables.
Programma- Replace
ble Interval CPU Or WORK Main Check Door
958 No Main Door Sensors
Timer RAM Malfunction. Control Main Door Reset
Exception PCB. 986 Register Writing And Door
Port Key
Error Detected. Sensor
Replace Cables.
Fixed Interval Fixed Interval
Main
959 Timer Timer Interrupt No Check Door
Control
Exception Occurred. Bill Door Register Sensors
PCB. Bill Door Reset
987 Writing Error And Door
Port Key
Replace Detected. Sensor
Watchdog Timeout Of The
Main Cables.
960 Timer Watchdog No
Control
Exception Occurred. Check Door
PCB.
Drop Door Sensors
Drop Door Reset
Replace 988 Register Writing And Door
Data TLB Data TLB Miss Port Key
Main Error Detected. Sensor
961 Miss Exception No
Control Cables.
Exception Occurred.
PCB.

Door Errors (Cont.) Coin Jamming
Open the main door and check the location the coins are
DOOR ERRORS jammed.
Screen
When the Coins are Jammed in the Coin Acceptor:
Code Description Solution Reset Open the main door. Remove the harness from the coin
Message
acceptor. Grasp the coin
Check Door acceptor firmly, and pull from
Sub Door Register Sensors
989
Sub Door
Writing Error And Door
Reset the plastic mounts.
Port Key Refer to the coin
Detected. Sensor
Cables. acceptor instruction manual
provided by the manufac-
Maintenance Maintenance Door Cleared By
990 Door Was Opened Attendant
Reset turer for more information.
Key
Accessed During Power Off. Reset. Install the coin
acceptor into the coin track
Fill Box Door Was Cleared By
991
Fill Box Door
Opened During Attendant
Reset unit. Connect the connector
Accessed Key to the coin acceptor. Close
Power Off. Reset.
the main door.
Check Door
Maintenance Door Sensors
Maintenance Reset
992
Door Port
Register Writing And Door
Key When the Coins are Jammed in the Coin Track Unit:
Open the main door. Remove the connector from the coin
Cables.
acceptor. Gently pull the coin acceptor from the coin track unit.
Check Door Remove the
Fill Box Doorr Sensors connector of the wire
Fill Box Door Reset
993 Register Writing And Door
Port
Key harness from the coin track
Cables. unit. Remove the five 8-32 X
1/4” screws to remove the
coin track unit. Remove the
Suspended Operation coins jammed in the coin track
Jackpot Reset unit. Install the coin track unit
If a single jackpot is won above the ultimate full lock-up using the five 8-32 X 1/4”
amount, and an 080 attendant pay error is displayed, the game is screws Connect the wire
suspended. Insert the key into the reset key switch and turn it 90° harness to the coin track unit.
clockwise after paying the jackpot to return to the ordinary game. Install the coin acceptor in the
coin track unit. Install the
Attendant Pay connector in the coin acceptor.
When the number of coins to be paid is more than the Close the main door.
number of coins set (Partial Pay Coins) for the “attendant pay”, the
game is suspended and an 080 attendant pay error is displayed.
Insert the key into the reset key switch and turn it 90° clockwise Installing a Sample Coin
after the attendant pay to return to the ordinary game. You can set (Coin Mech)
the number of coins the attendant pays in the Audit mode.
Viewing the coin mech from the
Error Message in Display front, slide the sensor coil to the right.
If an error message appears on the screen, the game is Place the sample coin into position and
suspended until you recover from the error. If the error message is release the sensor coil. In most cases,
left on the screen and you cannot restart the game even though the sample coin will seat properly. If
you have recovered from the error, insert the key into the Reset key coins are not accepted, repeat
switch and turn it 90° clockwise to return to the ordinary game. procedure.

Adjusting the Coin Comparitor
(Coin Mech)
Selectivity of the coin comparitor be used to ensure a wider sampling of examples to be examined.
can be adjusted for sensitivity. To set the The LED will flash green (this usually happens after four coins).
optimum sensitivity, adjust the potenti- Press the programming button again.
ometer clock-wise until a high quality The LED will return to green. Turn the rotary switch back to
slug is rejected. Test sensitivity using the “0” position. The Condor is now ready to accept coins.
regular coins. Repeat as necessary.
Coin Learn Procedure

(IDX)
The IDX Xeptor is designed to accept multiple denominations
as determined by the Operator. Follow the steps below to program
the Xeptor for the coins required.
Lift the cover by pushing up on the bottom right corner of the
plastic cover. With a small screwdriver, turn the
rotary switch to position 1 through 6 (the
denomination option positions). The LED
turns red, indicating the Xeptor is in learn
mode. Press the button once for each credit
to be issued per coin. For a single denomi-
nation, one credit per coin is standard. For
multiple denominations, the number of
credits is divided by the lowest incremental
rate (i.e. a dollar will require 4 credits if the
machine also accepts quarters (1
quarter=1credit, $1=4credits).
Slide the cover down to close the
Xeptor. Deposit (6) samples of the required
coin. It is recommended that six different coins be
used to ensure a wider sampling of examples to be
examined.
Slide the cove open. Turn the rotary switch to the “0”
position. The LED turns green to indicate the Xeptor is functional.
Repeat for all necessary denominations.
Teach and Run Procedure

(Condor)
The Condor Acceptor uses a teach and run
programming method. Follow these steps to
F0 1
program the Condor for the required coins. E
2
BCD
3456
With a small screwdriver, turn the rotary

switch from position “0” to position 1 through 6 (the 789A
denomination option positions). Press the program-
ming button. The LED turns red, indicating the
Condor is in learn mode. Deposit samples of the
required coin. It is recommended that different coins

Module 5 5
Preventative Maintenance
Overview Periodic inspection and maintenance which should be
performed at least every twenty-four months:
WARNING: Power to the machine must be turned off prior
to cleaning the inside of the machine or removing any • Replace PCB batteries.
mechanical or electrical assembly. Unplug the machine. Hopper
This module describes preventative maintenance inspec- Overview
tions, adjustments, and cleaning schedules for major assemblies The major components of the hopper are: an DC motor
found in Konami Gaming, Inc. machines. Assemblies not covered in which turns a pin wheel to pay out coins or tokens, an optic sensor
this module, may be covered in specific jurisdiction or market to count coins or tokens during a payout, and an adjustable coin-
modules obtainable from your Konami Gaming, Inc. distributor or level probe which informs the machine's CPU when coins or tokens
customer service representative. The following procedures are should be routed from the hopper to the coin drop bucket.
recommended to ensure reliability and continuous operation of the Removal
machine. Assemblies covered in this module are: Unlock and open the main cabinet door. Turn machine power
• Hopper off. Slide the hopper forward and out of the cabinet.
• Coin Acceptor Inspection (90 Day Interval)
• Coin Diverter Empty all coins or tokens from the hopper bowl. Inspect the
hopper bowl for cracks or breaks. Inspect the hopper optic sensor
• WBA Bill Acceptor for clean surfaces and damage. Verify the optic sensor is securely
• LCD Assembly mounted. Inspect the hopper knife and rubber agitator for wear. Re-
• CPU Assembly place if needed. Confirm the hopper knife is secure and correctly
• Cabinet positioned. Confirm the coin-level probe is secure. Confirm the
• Deck Buttons spring screws securing the coin bowl to the hopper body are tight.
Periodic inspection and maintenance which should be Cleaning (90 Day Interval)
performed least every three months: Locate and remove the optic sensor. Use a cotton swab
• Vacuum the inside of the cabinet and soaked in isopropyl alcohol to clean the sensor. Wipe dry with a lint
remove all dust and debris from the coin free cloth. Wipe any dust out of the hopper coin bowl with a clean
chutes, hopper and CPU housing. cloth.
• Clean the LCD screen with an antistatic Lubrication
nonabrasive cloth. Hoppers do not require lubrication. The gear box and motor
are factory sealed units.
• Wipe down cabinet exterior. Clean buttons
and face plate. Clean display, belly and
feature glass. Adjust Hopper Knife (180 Day Interval)
• Remove all loose coins from inside the Loosen, but do not remove, the two
machine. screws securing the knife to the
mounting plate. Gently press down on
• Replace burned out lamps and bulbs. the knife until it lightly rests on the
• Clean bill acceptor validator module optics shelf wheel. Tighten the mounting
and cash cassette rollers. screws until the knife is secure.
Periodic inspection and maintenance which should be
performed at least every twelve months:
Adjust Hopper Coin Out
• Clean and test the bill acceptor.
Sensor (180 Day Interval)
• Clean coin optics and remove all dust from Loosen, but do not remove, the two
the CPU PCB. screws securing the sensor bracket to the
• Inspect hopper knife and agitator for wear. mounting plate. Align the bracket so the sensor is centered on the
• Adjust coin acceptor. roller count arm. Tighten the mounting screws until the bracket is
• Check alignment of bill acceptor head and secure.
door. Adjust for proper fit.
• Check wiring for frayed, cracked, or pinched
insulation.

Set Hopper Coin-Level Probe Circuit (As Required) solenoid. Subsequent coins or tokens inserted are
Fill the hopper with the desired number of coins or tokens. then routed to the drop bucket inside the
The coins or tokens should be level with, or slightly below, one of stand.
the holes located on the side of the coin bowl. Gently shake the Inspection (90 Day Interval)
coin bowl to settle the coins. Insert and secure a probe into a hole Inspect the coin diverter plate DIVERTER
which is level with (or just above) the amount of coins or tokens in for foreign materials. Clean the
the bowl . This sets the coin-level. When the coin or token level diverter plate using a cotton swab
drops below the probe, the coin diverter routes inserted coins or soaked in isopropyl alcohol. Tighten all
tokens to the hopper. Level one is the lowest hole on the bowl. mounting screws/nuts. Verify the diverter
plate freely moves. Verify wire lugs are firmly
Coin Acceptor attached to the solenoid terminals.
Overview
The MC-40 coin acceptor positions a sample coin in a Bill Acceptor
magnetic field. Coins inserted through the coin head are compared Overview
to this field. Those favorably matching the field are accepted. All The bill acceptor consists of the bill validator module, transfer
other coins are rejected. unit, and the bill stacker assembly. The bill acceptor validates,
Removal either accepting or rejecting bills or coupons in various denomina-
Unlock and open the main door. Turn machine power off. tions. Accepted bills or coupons are transferred to the bill stacker,
Unplug the six pin wire harness connector located on the right side and an appropriate number of credits register on the credit meter.
of the acceptor. Gently pull the acceptor from the mounting clip, and For example, an accepted U.S.A. $1.00 bill shows as four credits
lift the acceptor out and away from the mounting coin handling on a 25¢ machine. Rejected bills are returned to the Player.
assembly. Inspection (90 Day Interval)
Inspection (90 Day Interval) Inspect the bill acceptor wire harness for frayed or cracked
Inspect the coin path for foreign objects, film, or debris. wires and verify all wire connectors are firmly seated. Inspect the
Verify all coin acceptor bracket mounting screws are secure and bill entrance for foreign material. Inspect the labels for peeling or
tight. MC-40: Check the damper lever for free movement and the torn edges. Replace as necessary.
correct weight is present and secure (see the following table for Removing/Opening the Validator Head & Transport
correct weight assemblies). Check the sample coin sliding sensor Unit
coil for unrestricted spring movement. Unlock and open the bill acceptor access door. Pull down on
the transport unit locking handle. Carefully slide the validator head/
Coin transport assembly out of the bill validator chassis.
Damper Weight
Weight Typical Mounting
Weight Weight Part
Range Coin Used Screw
Assembly Numbers
(in grams)
Small Validator Module
1.5 to 1.9 06660024 No Weight Not Required Not Required
Coins/Tokens Unlock and open the bill acceptor
2.0 to 2.9 1¢, 10¢ 06660051 0.7 grams 040600005-01 Not Required access door. Pull down on the
3.0 to 4.4 5¢, 25¢ 06660012 2.6 grams 04060038-01 Not Required validator head locking bar.
4.5 to 5.0 Canadian 25¢ 06660101 4.0 grams 04060084-02 Not Required Carefully slide the validator
5.0 to 8.5 25¢, Token 06660013 6.0 grams 04060039-01 Not Required away from the transport
8.5 to 10.0 Canadian $1 06660102 9.0 grams 04060083-2 P-166-6-10 unit. Remove the validator
10.6 module from the machine.
10.0 to 10.5 Special Coins 06660056 04060081-02 P-166-6-10
grams
Australian 12.0
10.5 to 11.0 06660046 04060080-02 P-166-6-10
Dollar grams
50¢, $ Game 14.2
11.0 and Up 06660014 04060040-01 P-166-6-12
Tokens grams
1.47" and up 14.2
11.0 and Up 06660076 04060040-01 P-166-6-12
(dia. only) grams
Coin Diverter
Overview
The coin diverter, located below the coin acceptor, consists
of a solenoid linked to a diverter plate. Coins inserted through the
coin head are routed to the hopper bowl. When the hopper reaches
an Operator set coin capacity the CPU energizes the diverter

POWER Turns the main board on or off.
LED GREEN:Normal Operation.

Firmly grasp the module RED or AMBER:Power saving mode.
in one hand, and pull forward The following items can be adjusted using the OSD menu:
on the module cover locking
tabs. Rotate the module CONTRAST
cover up, exposing the rollers
and optics. BRIGHTNESS
Remove any lint, dust, or
paper debris from the belts and rollers. HORIZONTAL POSITION
Inspect the belts for fraying or cracking. Fold
the module top down, then latch it in place with the HORIZONTAL SIZE
locking lever.
PHASE
LCD Assembly
Overview AUTO LEVEL
An LCD is a device which accepts video signals from the
machine's CPU and displays graphics (like cards or reels) and COLOR
game information (like credits or coins won). The monitor consists
of a LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) screen which is backlit. Images TEXT/MOVIE
are formed by control of the color and opacity of the LCD display.
OSD POSITION OSD
Inspection (90 Day Interval)

With the main door closed and machine power turned on, OSD TIMEOUT
visually check the LCD picture for color, contrast, and brightness.
Check for discoloration or fadeout at the center and edges of the POWER SAVE DELAY
screen. Check video display for correct horizontal and vertical
alignment. Make sure all letters, words, and images are clearly LANGUAGE
visible within the borders of the LCD bezel. Unlock and open the
main door. Inspect the LCD screen surface for chips or cracks. INFORMATION
Immediately discontinue use of a cracked or chipped LCD screen
and replace it.
Calibrate Touch Screen (180 Day Interval)
Cleaning (90 Day Interval) Access the DIAGNOSTIC sub-menu. Select the Calibrate
Gently wipe the LCD surface with an antistatic nonabrasive Touch Screen icon.
cloth. Touching the center of the circle in the corner performs the
automatic location calibration of the touch screen. Any button
returns to the previous menu.
LCD Controls (Overview)
The LCD controls are located on the top back of the LCD.
The controls can be accessed by opening the main door. These CPU/CDROM Assemblies
controls allow the Operator to adjust the horizontal size, horizontal Overview
position, vertical size, vertical position and the brightness (GAIN). The CPU/CDROM assembly contains the main electronic
components (main microprocessor, game Compact Flash and RAM
WARNING: Hazardous HIGH VOLTAGE exists within the ICs) which control machine operations. Discharge body static
LCD. Use extreme caution when adjusting the LCD. Only BEFORE handling the CPU/CDROM assemblies to avoid damaging
QUALIFIED PERSONNEL should adjust the LCD. electro-static sensitive parts.
Cleaning (180 Day Interval)
OSD Adjustment Unlock and open the CPU enclosure door. Remove the
Use the OSD controls to adjust the display. board from the assembly. Carefully remove dust and debris with low
AUTO Auto adjust the LCD. pressure (15 psi or less) compressed air. Close and lock the CPU
DOWN Decrease the setting or shift left. enclosure.
UP Increase the setting or shift right.
MENU Displays the options for adjustment.
Cabinet
The MCTB is equipped with one battery and the MVMB on
Inspection (90 Day Interval) the MCTB is equipped with two batteries
Remove all loose coins from inside the cabinet, and vacuum (one per memory module).
out dust and debris. Check door alignment and adjust as neces- Removal
sary. Check all labels for peeling or cracking and replace if needed.
Open the logic
Replace burned out lamps. Verify the candle lights when required.
door and remove the
Check wire harness for frayed, cracked, or pinched wiring.
MCTB. Remove the
coin-style battery by
Buttons inserting a small
Overview screwdriver under
The deck buttons are electromechanical the battery and
switches the Player uses to interact with the gently twisting or
machine. The buttons illuminate whenever prying the unencased side up.
their function is ready for use. Buttons consist Batteries
of a plastic switch body, backing frame, legend
plate, clear legend lens cap, microswitch, LED,
and a spring.
Inspection (90 Day Interval)
Inspect the legend lens cap for
appearance and proper seating into the switch
body. Verify the button freely moves and does
not bind by repeatedly pressing down on the
legend lens cap, both in the center and around
the edges. Verify the switch is firmly mounted.
Verify the microswitch is correctly positioned.
Verify all electrical plugs are firmly connected.
BATTERY SPECIFICATION
Nominal Nominal
Discharge
Model Voltage Capacity Dimensions
Current
(V) (mAh)
System Battery Positive terminal side
f20.0. Negative
Overview CR2032 3 220
terminal side f17.1.
0.02
The system battery supplies power to the CPU PCB when Thickness 3.2.
machine power is turned off. Without the system battery, all data
stored in RAM would be lost (accounting record and Operator set NOTE: Batteries can be ordered from the Konami customer
configurations for example) if power was unexpectedly lost. Before service department using part number 490007.
replacing the battery, record accounting records and game
configuration settings. Installation
The coin style battery has polarity. Insert the battery into the
Replace System Battery (24 Month Interval) battery holder with the positive terminal side up. Snap in the battery
Changing the Batteries with a light pressure. The battery is a CR2032 (JIS) or equivalent.
Make sure that the battery is inserted into the battery holder with
WARNING: The improper changing of the battery may the positive terminal side up.
cause a loss of data. After changing the battery, you may
need to change the EL-key and initialize the system.

Module 6
Wiring Diagrams 6
This Module contains the wiring diagram for the K2V 1.5
Upright Video.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(OPTION)
MAIN DOOR SENSOR
MAIN DOOR SW
DROP DOOR SW
KEY SW
TOP DOOR SW
TOP BOX CANDLE MARS BILL VALIDATOR
CABINET
KGI# 490354_1
KGI# 490354_2
DOOR
FL TUBE UNIT FL STARTER UNIT 1 +12V
1
KGI# 490044
KGI# 490044
KGI# 490044
39-01-4052 (MOLEX) 39-01-4050 (MOLEX) 172166-1 2 2
1 1 3 4 3 4
(MOLEX) (MOLEX) PHR-3 (JST)
PHR-4 (JST)
172158-1 (AMP) (AMP)
L
15W FL 2 2 BALLAST 1 1 5 BV LED+ 5
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 6 6
COM1
COM1
COM1
FG
3 3 2 2 EM COUNTER PCB 7 7
NO1
NO1
NO1
NC1
NC1
BV RXD RS232
8 8
A A
LED
GND
+5V
+5V
LED
GND
SENS MAIN
39-01-4032 39-01-4030
N BV TXD RS232
4 4 3 3 (CTRB-2) 9 GND 9
STARTER 10 10
LOWER
172159-1 (AMP) 172167-1 (AMP)
104257-3 (AMP) 103653-3 (AMP)

UPPER
KGI# 530021 BSW BV DOOR
5 5 FL 11 11
SENS
1 2 3
+24V
12 12
172160-1
1 2 3 1 3 1 3 13 14 SW BV DOOR 172162-1 (AMP)
(AMP)
GND
DROP
1 3 5 2 4 2 4 15 BILL STK SW
VENT FAN
BV MARS
KEY
99999999 16 SW BV TRANSP
+5V
LED
GND
KGI# 530024
GND
2 4 6 17
CANDLE
1 3 1 3 CNT01 18 SW BILL STK
GND
NO
COM
19
(AMP)
172168-1
POWER SUPPLY UNIT 1 3 5 2 4 2 4 20
(MOLEX)
22-01-1082
CNT-L
1 3 5 7 21 BILL DOOR
2 4 6 KGI# 490046
EXT. CANDLE EXT. PRINTER HANDLE POWER SAVE 2 4 6 8 23 22 1 1 NC BV DOOR SW
24
VHR-5N (JST)
VHR-5N (JST)
1 3 5 1 3 5 (RESERVE) (RESERVE) (RESERVE) (RESERVE) 25 NO
26 MIL-26P 2 2
2 4 2 4
KEY RESET
BSW DROP
COM
SENS MAIN
3 3
PRI_PLOW
KEY AUDIT
BSW MAIN
HNDL SOL
SW DROP
HNDL IN1
HNDL IN2
HNDL IN3
SW MAIN
PRI_DTR
PRI_RTS
SW MNT
AC IN AC IN
SW TOP
171822-3 (AMP) 172213-3 (AMP)
22-01-1022 (MOLEX)
HM SW
KGI# 490050
H11P-SHF-AA (JST)
SSR_XON
H2P-SHF-AA (JST)
SW POWER SUPPLY SW POWER SUPPLY
+24V
+12V
+12V
+24V
HM 0
HM 1
HM 2
HM 3
HM 4
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
XAP-14V-1 (JST)
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
TL0
TL1
TL2
TL3
VHR-5N (JST)
24V-150W 12V-150W
JCM BILL VALIDATOR
+12V
+24V
+12V
EHR-2 (JST)
EHR-7 (JST)
GND
TL4
KGI# 490288 KGI# 490359 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 9 11 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
MIL-34P
GND +24V OUT GND +12V OUT 1 BV JCM
2 4 1 2 2 4 6 2 4 6 8 10 1 2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 3234 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2
1
2
B 3 B
VHR-7N (JST)
VHR-6N (JST)
VHR-7N (JST)
VHR-6N (JST)
1 3 5 7 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 CNB04 CNB22 CNB27 CNB28 CNB30 CNB01 CNB16 CNB05 4 176279-1
(AMP)
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6 5
6
+12V
7 8
1 +12V 9
TEST PORT 2 GND 10
(OPTION) BACK PLANE BOARD 3
4 BV RXD CL 11
CNB14
5 BV TXD CL 12
RS232 6 BV LED+ 13
MAIN POWER SW I/O SSR 7 14
1 3
(BCKB-3) 8 15
IN1 OUT1
KGI# 530219 9 GND
10 BSW BV DOOR STACK1
IN2 OUT2
5 4 11
CNB13
12 171822-2 172213-2 BILL STK SW
13 SW BV DOOR
(AMP) (AMP)
KGI# 490067 KGI# 490289 14 GND 1 1 NO
15 SW BV TRANSP
DIN-96P
DIN-128P
DIN-128P
16 COM
DIN-96P
17 GND 2 2
L (FUSE)
SW BILL STK
18
AC FAIL
KGI# 490046
N (SW)
GND24
GND24
GND12
GND12
L (SW)
GND
19
N (IN)
BILL DOOR
L (IN)
+24V
+24V
+12V
+12V
GND
+5V
20
FG
21 BV RESET 1 1 NC BV DOOR SW
208209-2 22 GND
(AMP) 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1719 23 2 2 NO
C C
CNC01
GND
24
CNM01
CNI02
CNI01
+24V
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 25 3 3 COM
CNP01 39-01-2080 (MOLEX)
26 MIL-26P
171822-3 (AMP) 172213-3 (AMP) KGI# 490050
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1719 GND
1 EHR-8 (JST)
208210-2 GND
EXTEND COM.
(AMP) 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 GND 2 CNB02 T+ RS485
3 1
(OPTION)
GND T- RS485
+24V 4 COMMUNICATION 2 R+ RS485
CNB15
+24V 5 I/O CONTROL B MAIN CONTROL I/O CONTROL A 3 R- RS485
+12V 6 BOARD BOARD BOARD BOARD 4 GND
+12V 7 5 GND
8 (COMB-2) (IOBB-2) (MCTB-2) (IOAB-2) 6 +12V
7 +12V
H5P-SHF-AA (JST)
AC FAIL
KGI# 530014 KGI# 530012 KGI# 530030 KGI# 530013 8
1
CNB03
2 1 +24V
1
3 2 GND
2
1 3 5 5 4
350715-1
CNA01
GND 3 3
(AMP)
2 4 6 4 4
AC OUTLET VHR-10N (JST) 5 5
(Switched) +24V 6 PRI TXD 6
CNB12
1 3 5 GND 1 7 PRI RXD 7
+12V 2 8 PRI DSR 8
2 4 6 3 9 9
(AMP)
350781-1
HOP CNT PRI CTS

CNB11
HOP EXIST 4 10 PRI RST 10

5 11 11
FG
HOP OVER +12V

N
6 12 12
L
D FUSE 5A
HOP SENS
+5V
7
8
13
14 GND
13
14 TICKET PRINTER
D
GND 9 15 GND 39-01-2140
10 16 (MOLEX)
MIL-16P
GND
CNB32,CNB34,CNB33 CNB08 CNB34 CNB06 CNB07 CNB38 CNB09 CNB10 PRINTER
1
MIL-14P
HOP EXIST
2 HOP OVER 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 1 2 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 1 3
3 4
MIL-60P
VHR-6N (JST)
VHR-2N (JST)
XAP-15V-1 (JST)
39-01-2040 (MOLEX)
2 4 6 8 10 1214 2 4 6 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 2 4
SP MIX+
SP MIX-
5 GND
6 1 1
SP R+
+12V
DIV ACCUM
SP L+
DIV INHIBIT
GND
RXD RS232
DSR RS232
SP R-
DTR RS232
TXD RS232
RTS RS232
CTS RS232
CHANGE LAMP
SP L-
CASHOUT LAMP
RS232
BETMAX LAMP
VIDEO RGB
DIV FAULT
DENOMI LAMP
+12V
7 2 2
DIV CASH
DIV COIN
CHANGE SW
CASHOUT SW
BETMAX SW
HOP CNT
DENOMI SW
8 3 3
LINE1 LAMP
LINE2 LAMP
LINE3 LAMP
LINE4 LAMP
LINE5 LAMP
DENB OUT0
DENB OUT1
DENB OUT2
DENB OUT3
BET1 LAMP
BET2 LAMP
BET3 LAMP
BET4 LAMP
BET5 LAMP
DIV ON
SPIN LAMP
9 4 4
LINE1 SW
LINE2 SW
LINE3 SW
LINE4 SW
LINE5 SW
BSW SUB
DENB IN0
DENB IN1
DENB IN2
DENB IN3
BET1 SW
BET2 SW
BET3 SW
BET4 SW
BET5 SW
+12V
SPIN SW
BILL LED
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
+24V
SW SUB
10 5 5 +- +- + -
+5V
NC
NC
11 6 6
+12V
+12V
+12V
GND
GND
GND
GND
12 +5V 7 7 LEFT RIGHT WOOFER MAIN LCD UNIT
13 14 GND
HOP SENS 9 8 9 8 EXTERNAL COM. 1 KGI# 530029 KGI# 530140
15 10 10
COIN HOPPER
770602-7 (AMP)
16 11 11 EXTERNAL COM. 2
C SENS
17 12 12
18 PLAY BUTTON PANEL
COIN
EXTERNAL COM. 3 1 3 5 7 DC12V
SOL
316086-1 917686-1
171822-3
GND 172170-1 (AMP)
19 172162-1 CCFL
(AMP) (AMP)
(AMP)
(AMP)
208210-2 (AMP) CNA05 (OPTION) 1 2 1 2 3 2 4 6 172158-1 172166-1
(AMP) (AMP)
HP
E E
22-01-1022
+12V
XAP-12V-1
DENB
1 2 1 1 BELLY PANEL
COIN DIVERTER
COIN DIVERTER
PLAY BUTTON PLAY BUTTON WIRE CO NNECTION
BILB
AC UNIT 1 3 5 7 9 11
(MOLEX)
KGI# 490065
(BACK SIDE) TERMINAL SIGNAL GND

2 2 LIGHTING UNIT
(JST)
FUSE 10A
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 WIRE COLOR 2 4 6 8 10 12 1 2
POSITION NAME 3 3
SOLENOID
2 4 6 8 10 1214 LED1 LED2

MIL-14P
OPTICAL SAS UNIT CN1

KGI# 530026
LED1 +12V ORANGE DENOMINATION PCB

SENSOR
1 3
GND
SUB DOOR SW
RXD
TXD
NOISE LED2 LAMP SOLID COLOR BILL LED PCB

***
LOAD
NC
(OPTION) (RESERVE)
LINE
FILTER COM GND BLACK / ORANGE (BILB-3)

KGI# 490290 COIN ACCEPTOR NO1
2 4 NO *** SW STRIPE COLOR KGI# 530212 NC1
COM1
1 3 COM NO NC NC - (NO CONNECTION)
INSERT
2 4 BILLS
MAIN DOOR UNIT
FUSE 2A
FUSE 2A
KGI# 490044
350766-1 350766-1
(AMP) (AMP) CNX02
L L OPTICAL SAS PCB
1 1 1 THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND IS THE SOLE PROPERTYFOKONAMI CORPORATION.
CNX01
IT SHALL NOT BE PUBLISHED NOR DISCLOSED WITHOUT WRI

TTEN PERMISSION.
FG
N
2 2 G
N
2 (SASB-2)
KGI# 530148
DUPLICATION IN WHOLE OR PART IS STRICT
LY PROHIBITED.
(C) 2005 KONAMI CORPORATION. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
DO NOT SCALE DRAWING
3 3 3
FG
FG
FG
CNX03
CNX04
CNX05
CNX06
N
N
L
350767-1
AC INLET
(AMP) APPROVALS DATE
F F
117VAC / 60Hz
Las Vegas, Nevada

DRAWN N. TONE 06/28/05
(Unswitched)
(Unswitched)
AC OUTLET
AC OUTLET
)
)
OPTICAL
OPTICAL
PART NAME Wiring Diagram

CABLE
CABLE
FIBER
FIBER
(RXD
(TXD
CHECK N. TONE 06/28/05 KS-1.5 UPRIGHT

SIZE SHEET PART NO.
ENGR. N. TONE 06/28/05 B 1 OF 1 -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Module 7
Glossary & Index 7
Overview
This Index contains the definition of specialized terms. These B-top
terms and definitions assist the Operator's understanding of Intermediate top box.
various machine functions and game operations.
B-top Artwork
A
Printed or silk-screened glass that is attached to the top box door
and backlit to show game features or paytables.
All Reset B-top FL Unit

Clears the contents of the backup memory such as the credit, Upper fluorescent assembly that illuminates the B-top Artwork.
software meter, and game log and initializes the setting of the
machine.
Audit Key Switch

C
Keyswitch located on the right side of the machine, used to access
the audit menu. Cabinet Speaker
Speaker mounted inside the machine cabinet.
Audit Meters
General and detailed meters tracking coin in, out, attendant pay Candle
and bill information. Light mounted on the top of the machine, used to display errors,
jackpots or other conditions.
B Cash Ticket Log

Displays the history of cash ticket that occurred recently (ticket #,
Backboard (BCKB-3) date & time, $ amount of ticket paid, status and validation).
PCB located in the back of the logic unit housing.
Cashout Log
Bill Entry Displays the history of cashout that occurred recently (date & time
The plastic bezel that guides the bill from the front of the machine and amount).
into the bill validator.
Clock
Bill Meters Internal timing device used to track date, time and year of events.
Internal meters that track bills data.
Coin acceptor
Bill Stacker Door Lock Device to identify coins.
Lock on the door of the bill validator restricting access to the
stacked bills. Coin drop sensor
Sensor to detect reverse coin movement (inactive in this model)
Bill Stacker Door Switch
Security switch activates when bill stacker door is opened. Coin Entry
The location on the main door where coins are inserted into the
Bill Stacker Switch machine.
Security switch that activates when stacker is removed.
Coin Hopper
Bill Validator Unit (WBA 13-SS/JCM) Motor driven device used to return coins to the player.
Unit that accepts valid currency while rejecting invalid bills.
Coin Track Unit
Bolster Name of the coin traveling path.
Armrest

Coin Tray
Enclosure on the bottom of the main door used to catch and hold Event Meter
coins paid from the hopper. Checks cumulative number and the latest occurrence date and time
of errors by the factor.
Control Panel Unit
Panel with play button.
Controller
F
The touch screen controller. Function Button
Buttons attached to the monitor mask on the left side of the game
Counter PCB (usually Cash Out, Pay Table and Help).
PCB holding the EM meters.
Function Button Panel
Counter Unit The assembly holding the function buttons.
Assembly consisting of the counter PCB and the housing, light and
harness.
G
D Game Area
The game area displays image that corresponds to game type.
Dashboard
The dashboard displays the game status information, attendant Game Screen
message, game instruction, Denomination sign, and other meters. Game screen is composed of four areas, which are game area, sub
game area, sub message area and dashboard.
DC Fan
12VDC cooling fan.
Door Connector PCB

H
PCB located on the inside of the main door close to the cabinet. It is No entry
the main hub for all door connections (buttons, coin comparitor).
Door Lock Sensor I

Sensor used to determine the position of the door lock cam or door
lock. I/O Test
Input/output test.
Drop Box Switch
Switch used to determine when the drop door has been opened.
J
E JP Reset
Jackpot reset.
EL Key
The I-button that triggers a verification of checksums for the CD- Jumper Sockets
ROM and the main program chip to see that they match. Sockets on a PCB allowing multiple settings by changing the
configuration of shorting connector.
EM Counter
Electro-mechanical counter (meter).
Event
K
An occurrence that is tracked by the soft meters for display in an Key Switch
event log. An electro-mechanical switch activated by using a key.
Event Log KMS

Checks a list of the dates and times and the factors of Events that KONAMI Maintenance System
occurred recently.

L P
LED PCB Play Button Panel
PCB to control LED of bill acceptor. The button panel holding the player buttons (Bet 1, Play 5 Lines).
Logic Door Lock Power Supply Unit

Lock used to secure the logic door. The assembly on the right side of the cabinet next to the hopper
holding the power supply.
Logic Door Switch
Switch used to monitor the logic door position (opened or closed). Power Switch Unit
The assembly next to the monitor holding the power switch.
M
Machine Type
Q
Series name of the cabinet. KGI Ver. 1.5 for this cabinet. No entry
Main Door
The front door of the machine holding the player button panel,
function button panel and the coin head.
R
RAM
Main Door Switch Random access memory.
The switch monitoring the position of the main door (opened or
closed). RNG Test
Inspects the on-board RNG (Random Number Generator).
Manufacture Date
Date the machine was manufactured. ROM
Read only memory.
Menu
The display structure for Software meters, Game recall meters, Reset-Key
Event meters, Option meters, Diagnostic meters, Clock & misc. A keyswitch used to clear error messages, jackpots or attendant
meters, and Print audit information. pays. Returns the machine to game play mode.
Monitor Mask R-Top

Panel to make the screen easy to see by blocking any light from Round top.
the inside.
R-Top Lock
N Round Top door lock. Used to secure the door to to the top box.
No entry S
O SAS Board
Slot Accounting System I/F PCB.
Operation buttons Serial Number

Buttons used to navigate the menu systems. A unique number used to identify a particular machine.
Out of Service Serial Number Plate

An operator induced setting allowing no game play until reset. Plate attached to side of machine with serial number, manufactur-
ers date, and machine type stamped on.

SNS PCB
PCB mounting the sensor to detect reverse coin movement
V
Software Meters
Internal meters used to track money movement, events and errors. Video Monitor Unit
17” RGB CRT used to display game information.
Sub Game Area
The Sub Game area displays the game title and featured game
image. W
Sub-Door No entry
The door mounted to the bottom of the main door. Allows access to
the bill validator stacker assembly.
Sub-Door artwork
X
Sub-door glass panel painted with the game design. No entry
Sub-Door Shadow Unit

Controls the light in the sub-door. Y
Sub-door switch No entry
Switch to sense sub-door opening or closing.
Sub-Message Area
The sub-message area displays the online commercial message or
Z
another information message. No entry
T
Top Box
The upper enclosure mounted to the top of the cabinet.
Top Box Lock

A lock to secure the top box door.
Touch Screen
A cover over the monitor display allowing pressing of certain areas
on the screen to act as buttons.
Transformer Unit
Step down transformer mounted on the bottom of cabinet. Used
when available voltage is 220VAC.
U
UART
Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter.

A Coin Acceptor Options 2-29
A
A 2-9
Adjust Hopper Knife 5-123
Coin Acceptor Sample Coin 2-12
Coin Acceptor/Diverter Errors 4-112
Coin Head 2-16
Adjust Hopper Sensor 5-123 Collecting Bills 2-17
All Reset 2-13 Collecting Coins 2-17
Attendant Pay 4-120 Common Operation switches 2-18
Attendant Pay Codes 4-112 Commonly-Used Hardware 90
Audit Meters 2-18, 2-19, 2-20, 2-21, 2-22 Communication Errors 4-115
AUDIT MODE 2-17 Communication Board (COMB) 93
Controller ID 2-69
B
CPU Exception Errors 4-119
CPU/CDROM Assemblies 5-125
B CUL 2-8
D
Backplane Board (BCKB) 93
Backup Memory 2-13
Battery 5-126
D
Belly Glass 94 DASHBOARD 2-14
Bet X Per Line Buttons 2-16 Date of Publication 6-127
Bill Acceptor 5-124 DCNB (Door Connector PCB) Errors 4-114
Bill Meters 2-21 Diagnostic 2-67
Bill Validator 2-73, 92 Diagnostic-Bill Validator 2-74
Bill Validator (Bill Entry) 2-16 Diagnostic-CD-ROM Drive 2-76
Bill Validator Door (Sub Door Open) 2-9 Diagnostic-Coin Diverter-To Coin Drop/Hopper 2-73
Bill Validator Door Lock 2-12 Diagnostic-Coin Hopper 2-74
Bill Validator Errors 4-113 Diagnostic-Communication Information 2-79
Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $1 2-30 Diagnostic-Demonstration Print 2-75
Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $100 2-32 Diagnostic-Game Test 2-79
Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $2 2-31, 2-32, 2-33 Diagnostic-Game Test-Bet Per Line 2-81
Bill Validator Option-Accept Bill $20 2-31 Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 1 Position 2-80
Bill Validator Option-Redeem Voucher 2-32, 2-33 Diagnostic-Game Test-Reel 5 Position 2-81
Bill Validator Options 2-30 Diagnostic-Game Test-Total Line 2-81
Buttons 5-126 Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras 2-81
Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-EM Counter 2-82
CC Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-Option In-Port 2-83
Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-Option Out-Port 2-84
Cabinet 5-126 Diagnostic-I/O Test Extras-UART 2-82
Cabinet Specifications 2-5 Diagnostic-In-Port 2-71
Candle 2-6 Diagnostic-Main Menu 2-67
Candle Pin 2-6 Diagnostic-Now Printing 2-76
Candle Pin Assignment 2-6 Diagnostic-Screen 2-78
Cash Ticket Log 2-23 Diagnostic-Screen-Color Bar Screen 2-78
Cashout Button 2-16 Diagnostic-Screen-Crosshatch Screen 2-78
Cashout Log 2-22 Diagnostic-Sound-Sound Code 2-77
CD ROM Errors 4-115 Diagnostic-Sound-Sound Volume 2-77
Change Button 2-16 Diagnostic-Successful Print 2-76
Charges, Shipping 3 Diagnostic-System Information 2-67, 2-68
Check 2-6 Diagnostic-System Information-Game Information 2-68
Circuit Breaker Errors 4-116 Diagnostic-System Information-ROM Information 2-68
Clearing the Backup Memory 2-13 Diagnostic-Ticket Printer 2-75
Coin Acceptor 2-12, 5-124 Diagnostic-Touch Screen 2-69
Diagnostic-Touch Screen-Controller ID 2-69
Door Errors 4-119, 4-120 Information, RMA 1
Door Status Errors 4-111 Initialization 2-8
Doors 2-9 Inspection 2-13
Drop box Switch 2-6 INSTALLATION 2-8
Drop Box Switch Pin Assignment 2-7 Installation 2-8
Interface 2-16
E E interference 1
EEPROM Errors 4-117

EL (Electronic Key) Errors 4-114
J J
Electromechanical Meter Errors 4-113 Jackpot Reset 4-120
EM Counter 2-82, 2-83 JP5 and JP6: 2-86
Error Message in Display 4-120 JP7, JP8 and JP9: 2-86
Event Log 2-27 Jumper Sockets 2-86
F F K K
Failed Demonstration Print 2-76 KONAMI Maintenance System (KMS) 2-17
FCC 1 KONAMI Maintenance System (KMS) Main Menu 2-17
Features 2
Features, Hardware 2
Fiber Optic 2-7 L L
from, Recovering Error 2-14 LCD Controls 5-125
from, Returning the KMS 2-14 LCD Touchscreen 2-16
FUNCTIONAL OVERVIEW 90 Lock Cams 2-10
G
Lock Dimensions 2-10
G Lock Hardware 2-10
Lock Chart and Figure 2-10
Game 2 Locks 2-10
Game Meters 2-24, 2-25, 2-26 Logic Door 2-10
Game Recall 2-26, 2-27 Logic Door lock 2-11
Game Screen 2-14 Lot Number 2-8
Low Battery Errors 4-117
H H Lubrication 5-123
HELP 2-15
HELP and PAY TABLE 2-15
MM
Hopper 5-123 Machine 2
Hopper Errors 4-112 MACHINE TYPE 2-8
Hopper Level Probe 2-12 Main Control Board (MCTB) 93
How to Enter and Exit Audit Mode 2-17 Main Door 2-9
HZ 2-9 Main Door lock 2-11
MANUFACTURE DATE 2-9
I I Menu Description 2-28

Menu Description Table 2-18
I/O Drive A Board (IOAB) 2-86 Meter Light 94
I/O Drive A Board (IOAB-2)JP2, JP3 and JP4: 2-86 Meter Unit 95
I/O Drive B Board (IOBB) 92
I/O Drive B Board (IOBB-2)JP1 2-87
In-Port 2-71
In-Port (Button/Mechanical Switch Test) 2-71

Meters-Audit, Software Meters- General - Page 1/17 2-18 ROM Version Errors 4-116
RTC (Real Time Clock) Errors 4-114
NN S S
Notices 2
Number, Serial Plate 3 Select Line Buttons 2-16
Number:, Part 1 Self Diagnostic On Boot Errors 4-117, 4-118
numbers, RMA 3 SERIAL NUMBER 2-9
Serial Number 2-8
OO Serial Number and Lot Number 2-8

serial plate 2-8
Service, Customer 1
of, Date Publication 1
of, Location Serial Number Plate 3 Set-Up & Operation 2-5
On Line System Option-Comm Port 1 Lockup 2-54, 2-56, 2- Setting Options 2-28
57, 2-58, 2-59, 2-60, 2-61, 2-65 Slot Accounting System 2-7
Operation 2-14 Software Meters 2-18, 2-19, 2-20, 2-21, 2-22, 2-23, 2-24, 2-
Operator 2, 2-16 25, 2-26
Option Change Errors 4-117 Software Meters-Audit Meters- General - Page 1/17 2-18
Option In-Port 2-84 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 2/17 2-19
Option Out-Port 2-84 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 3/17 2-19
Option the Bill Acceptor 2-12 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 4/17 2-20
Options 2-28 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 5/17 2-20, 2-22
Options, Setting 2-14 Software Meters-Audit Meters-Detail Page 6/17 2-21
Out of Service 2-85 Software Meters-Bill Meters/Bill Log-Detail Page 7 2-21
Software Meters-Cash Ticket Log 2-23
P P Software Meters-Cash Ticket Log-Page 10/17 2-23

Software Meters-Cashout Log-Page 9/17 2-23
Software Meters-EFT Log-Page 12/17 2-24
Parts Removal 91 Software Meters-Game Meters - General 2-23
PAY TABLE 2-15 Software Meters-Game Meters-Detail-Page 15/17 2-25
Player 2 Software Meters-Game Meters-Detail-Page 16/17 2-26
Player/Operator Interface 2-16 Software Meters-Game Meters-General-Page 14/17 2-24, 2-25
Policy, Warranty 3 Software Meters-Jackpot Receipt Log-Page 11/17 2-23
Power Supply 92 Software Meters-System Bonus Log-Page 13/17 2-24
Printer Assembly 94 Software Meters-Voucher Log-Page 8/17 2-22
Printer Errors 4-116 stamped serial number 2-9
Procedure for All Reset 2-13 Stand Drill Guide 2-6
Process, RMA 3 START UP 2-13
Program Errors 4-117 SUB GAME AREA 2-14
Sub-Door (Belly Door) 2-9
RR Sub-Door lock 2-11
SUB-MESSAGE AREA 2-14
RAM Errors 4-117 Support, Customer 3
Refilling Hopper 2-17 System Battery 5-126
Required Tools 89 System Option-Machine Number 2-42, 2-43, 2-44, 2-45, 2-
Return Merchandise Authorization 2-5 46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51, 2-52
RMA 2-5

T
T
tags, RMA 3
Terminology 2
the, Changing EL Key 2-14
Thermometer Errors 4-116
Ticket Printer 2-16, 2-75, 2-76, 2-77, 2-78, 2-79, 2-81, 2-
82, 2-83
Top Box 2-10
Topbox Door Switch 91
Touch Screen Errors 4-115
Troubleshooting Chart 4-111
Troubleshooting Charts 4-111
Turning Off the Power Switch 2-8
Turning On the Power Switch 2-13
U U
Unpack and Inspect 2-5
V V
VAC 2-9
Validator Module 5-124
WW
Warranty 3
When the Coins are Jammed in the Coin Track Unit 4-120

Module 8
Appendix 8
This Module includes consumable parts list.
Lights Fuses
The following table lists the required bulbs for the K2V 1.5 The following table lists the required fuses for the K2V 1.5
machine. machine.
Bulbs Fuses
Part # Description Part # Description
490003 LAMP,FL,F15T8/CW,HUC17
490033 FUSE,2AMP,S/B
490072 LAMP,FLOURESCENT,SMALL
490082 BULB,12 VOLT,WEDGE
490036 FUSE,10AMP,CERAMIC
490084 BULB,FLUORESCENT,5/8DIA X 6" LG. 4WATT
490085 LAMP,INCANDESCENT,PANEL,BUTTON 490080 FUSE,CARTRIDGE,GLASS,SLO-BLO,.4A,250V
490081 FUSE,CARTRIDGE,GLASS,SLO-BLO,3A,250V
Electrical Components
The following table lists the required electrical components 490055 HOLDER,FUSE,3453LF1-010
for the K2V 1.5 machine.
490056 HOLDER,FUSE,KNOB,3453LF1-020
Electrical Components
Part # Description Calibration Paper
The following table lists the Bill Validator calibration paper
490000 STRTR,FS5,HUC17
for the JCM and Mars Bill Validators.
490001 STRTR,FS2,HUC17
Calibration Paper
490008 KEYSWITCH,ROTARY,SLIDE
Part # Description
490044 SWITCH,CHERRY,E79-30A
490059 PAPER,CALIBRATION,BV,U.S.,JCM
490046 SWITCH,OMRON,SBMIN,W/ROLLER ACTUATOR
490060 PAPER,CALIBRATION,BV,U.S.,MARS
490050 SWITCH,OMRON,SBMIN,W/LEVER ACTUATOR
490051 SOCKET,FLUORESCENT
490052 SOCKET,STARTER
490053 BALLAST,4-6-8-WATT
490054 BALLAST,13-22 WATT
490065 SENSOR,PHOTO,ALEPH
490067 SWITCH,ROCKER,MINI,8 AMP,EURO STYLE,.187
490070 SOCKET,FLOURESCENT,F4 BULB

PCBs Backplane (BCKB-3)
The following table lists the PCB assemblies for the K2V 1.5
machine.
PCBs
IOBB
MCTB
COMB
IOAB
Part # Description
CNB32C
530011 PCB, DOOR BD, DCNB-2
DC FAN
530012 PCB, I/OBB-2 SER SDS HOPPER
SER PROG PLAY BUTTON
AC FAIL
MONITOR
530013 PCB, I/OAB-2 TOWER LIGHT
BILL VALIDATOR
SER RARA DC TO
CABINET
SPEAKER BACK PANEL
530014 PCB, COMB-2 MIX
DC OUT
SPEAKER
DC FAN
530219 PCB, BCKB3,K2V 1.5
COM PRINTER TOUCH MECHANICAL HANDLE
(OPT) SCREEN METER COIN
530030 PCB, UNIT, MNCNTRL-1 & NON-VOL MEM BDS-2 EXTEND VALIDATOR
MONITOR
Communication (COMB-2)
Board Components COMM EPROM
Socket
The following illustrations indicate the main components on
the PCBs used in the K2V 1.5.
Main Control (MCTB)

Video
Memory Backplane
Battery Battery NVRAM Connector
EL Key
(I-Button)
M2 M3 M0 M1
Hopper Components
The following table lists the components required to convert
the hopper denomination.
Backplane Video Game Game Game
Connector CPU Memory CPU EPROM
Sockets
Hopper Parts
Part 5¢ 25¢ $1
Knife 190389 190389 190390
Shelf Wheel 190386 190387 190388
Pin Wheel 190384 190384 190385
Agitator 190382 190382 190383
Coin Wiper 190380 190380 190381
Coin Count Arm Spring 450276 450276 450277
Coin Shield Weldment 130194 130194 130195
Hopper Basket Plate 130192 130192 130193

K2V 1.5 Upright

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

K2V 1.5 Upright

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

K2V 1.5 Upright

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Konami Gaming, Inc.

585 Trade Center Drive

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3270 toc-1 © 2004

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3270 toc-2 © 2004

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3270 toc-3 © 2004

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3270 toc-6 © 2004

Module 6 Wir ing Diag

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 1-1 © 2004

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 1-2 © 2004

Serial Number Plate

Location of Ser ial Number Plate

WHITE - FIELD ENG. YELLOW - SHIPPING MANILA - PART

NO TE: RMA tags are used to repair damaged equipment

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 1-4 © 2004

Unpack and Inspect

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-5 © 2004

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-6 © 2004

A2 iSC_OFF_SLTST_BG SECURITY SW OFF CNB32

A5 iSC_OFF_MTNCE_BG SECURITY SW OFF

A6 iSNS_MTNCE_G SENSOR MNTNC DOOR

B1 iSC_OFF_SLTST SECURITY SW OFF

B4 iSC_OFF_MTNCE SECURITY SW OFF SAS Bracket

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-7 © 2004

Serial Number Plate

Location Of Serial Plate

The information displayed on the serial number plate includes:

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-8 © 2004

Bill Validator Door (Main Door Open)

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-9 © 2004

.6830 .3900 190713 CAM,LOCK,MAIN

1.280 .6150 190020 CAM,LOCK,CPU

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-10 © 2004

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-11 © 2004

Make sure that the lock is installed properly by opening and

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-12 © 2004

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-13 © 2004

Turn Reset Key Switch to reset the machine. 2 2

Power the machine down and back on to lock in the option 8

Returning from the KMS 6

the Reset key to return the screen to the game screen. 5 5

CREDITS TOTAL BET WIN PAID SELECT BET PER

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-14 © 2004

CREDITS TOTAL BET WIN PAID SELECT BET PER

Screen 5 of 6 displays the days off bonus awards.

PRESS TO START THE Back to Game: [HELP/GAME] PAGE 5/6

BET MAX PRESS TO START THE GAME CHANGE PRESS TO CALL

CREDITS TOTAL BET WIN PAID SELECT BET PER

pays 1x your pays 1x your

CREDITS TOTAL BET WIN PAID SELECT BET PER

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-15 © 2004

Select Line Buttons

Bet X Per Line Buttons

Bet Max Button

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-16 © 2004

Select 1 Line Select 2 Lines Select 3 Lines Select 4 Lines

SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT SELECT

BET BET BET BET BET BET

585 Trade Center Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89119-3720 2-17 © 2004

MENU DESCRIPTION Current Machine P.O. % With System Bonus 0.000%

Checks various Software